xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/os_win32.c (revision 12795024)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 /*
10  * os_win32.c
11  *
12  * Used for both the console version and the Win32 GUI.  A lot of code is for
13  * the console version only, so there is a lot of "#ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN".
14  *
15  * Win32 (Windows NT and Windows 95) system-dependent routines.
16  * Portions lifted from the Win32 SDK samples, the MSDOS-dependent code,
17  * NetHack 3.1.3, GNU Emacs 19.30, and Vile 5.5.
18  *
19  * George V. Reilly <[email protected]> wrote most of this.
20  * Roger Knobbe <[email protected]> did the initial port of Vim 3.0.
21  */
22 
23 #include "vim.h"
24 
25 #ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME
26 # include "if_mzsch.h"
27 #endif
28 
29 #include <sys/types.h>
30 #include <signal.h>
31 #include <limits.h>
32 
33 // cproto fails on missing include files
34 #ifndef PROTO
35 # include <process.h>
36 # include <winternl.h>
37 #endif
38 
39 #undef chdir
40 #ifdef __GNUC__
41 # ifndef __MINGW32__
42 #  include <dirent.h>
43 # endif
44 #else
45 # include <direct.h>
46 #endif
47 
48 #ifndef PROTO
49 # if defined(FEAT_TITLE) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN)
50 #  include <shellapi.h>
51 # endif
52 #endif
53 
54 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
55 # include <tlhelp32.h>
56 #endif
57 
58 #ifdef __MINGW32__
59 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_1ST_BUTTON_PRESSED
60 #  define FROM_LEFT_1ST_BUTTON_PRESSED    0x0001
61 # endif
62 # ifndef RIGHTMOST_BUTTON_PRESSED
63 #  define RIGHTMOST_BUTTON_PRESSED	  0x0002
64 # endif
65 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_2ND_BUTTON_PRESSED
66 #  define FROM_LEFT_2ND_BUTTON_PRESSED    0x0004
67 # endif
68 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_3RD_BUTTON_PRESSED
69 #  define FROM_LEFT_3RD_BUTTON_PRESSED    0x0008
70 # endif
71 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_4TH_BUTTON_PRESSED
72 #  define FROM_LEFT_4TH_BUTTON_PRESSED    0x0010
73 # endif
74 
75 /*
76  * EventFlags
77  */
78 # ifndef MOUSE_MOVED
79 #  define MOUSE_MOVED   0x0001
80 # endif
81 # ifndef DOUBLE_CLICK
82 #  define DOUBLE_CLICK  0x0002
83 # endif
84 #endif
85 
86 // Record all output and all keyboard & mouse input
87 // #define MCH_WRITE_DUMP
88 
89 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
90 FILE* fdDump = NULL;
91 #endif
92 
93 /*
94  * When generating prototypes for Win32 on Unix, these lines make the syntax
95  * errors disappear.  They do not need to be correct.
96  */
97 #ifdef PROTO
98 # define WINAPI
99 typedef char * LPCSTR;
100 typedef char * LPWSTR;
101 typedef int ACCESS_MASK;
102 typedef int BOOL;
103 typedef int COLORREF;
104 typedef int CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO;
105 typedef int COORD;
106 typedef int DWORD;
107 typedef int HANDLE;
108 typedef int LPHANDLE;
109 typedef int HDC;
110 typedef int HFONT;
111 typedef int HICON;
112 typedef int HINSTANCE;
113 typedef int HWND;
114 typedef int INPUT_RECORD;
115 typedef int INT;
116 typedef int KEY_EVENT_RECORD;
117 typedef int LOGFONT;
118 typedef int LPBOOL;
119 typedef int LPCTSTR;
120 typedef int LPDWORD;
121 typedef int LPSTR;
122 typedef int LPTSTR;
123 typedef int LPVOID;
124 typedef int MOUSE_EVENT_RECORD;
125 typedef int PACL;
126 typedef int PDWORD;
127 typedef int PHANDLE;
128 typedef int PRINTDLG;
129 typedef int PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR;
130 typedef int PSID;
131 typedef int SECURITY_INFORMATION;
132 typedef int SHORT;
133 typedef int SMALL_RECT;
134 typedef int TEXTMETRIC;
135 typedef int TOKEN_INFORMATION_CLASS;
136 typedef int TRUSTEE;
137 typedef int WORD;
138 typedef int WCHAR;
139 typedef void VOID;
140 typedef int BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION;
141 typedef int SE_OBJECT_TYPE;
142 typedef int PSNSECINFO;
143 typedef int PSNSECINFOW;
144 typedef int STARTUPINFO;
145 typedef int PROCESS_INFORMATION;
146 typedef int LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES;
147 # define __stdcall // empty
148 #endif
149 
150 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
151 // Win32 Console handles for input and output
152 static HANDLE g_hConIn  = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
153 static HANDLE g_hConOut = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
154 
155 // Win32 Screen buffer,coordinate,console I/O information
156 static SMALL_RECT g_srScrollRegion;
157 static COORD	  g_coord;  // 0-based, but external coords are 1-based
158 
159 // The attribute of the screen when the editor was started
160 static WORD  g_attrDefault = 7;  // lightgray text on black background
161 static WORD  g_attrCurrent;
162 
163 static int g_fCBrkPressed = FALSE;  // set by ctrl-break interrupt
164 static int g_fCtrlCPressed = FALSE; // set when ctrl-C or ctrl-break detected
165 static int g_fForceExit = FALSE;    // set when forcefully exiting
166 
167 static void scroll(unsigned cLines);
168 static void set_scroll_region(unsigned left, unsigned top,
169 			      unsigned right, unsigned bottom);
170 static void set_scroll_region_tb(unsigned top, unsigned bottom);
171 static void set_scroll_region_lr(unsigned left, unsigned right);
172 static void insert_lines(unsigned cLines);
173 static void delete_lines(unsigned cLines);
174 static void gotoxy(unsigned x, unsigned y);
175 static void standout(void);
176 static int s_cursor_visible = TRUE;
177 static int did_create_conin = FALSE;
178 #endif
179 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
180 static int s_dont_use_vimrun = TRUE;
181 static int need_vimrun_warning = FALSE;
182 static char *vimrun_path = "vimrun ";
183 #endif
184 
185 static int win32_getattrs(char_u *name);
186 static int win32_setattrs(char_u *name, int attrs);
187 static int win32_set_archive(char_u *name);
188 
189 static int conpty_working = 0;
190 static int conpty_type = 0;
191 static int conpty_stable = 0;
192 static int conpty_fix_type = 0;
193 static void vtp_flag_init();
194 
195 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
196 static int vtp_working = 0;
197 static void vtp_init();
198 static void vtp_exit();
199 static void vtp_sgr_bulk(int arg);
200 static void vtp_sgr_bulks(int argc, int *argv);
201 
202 static int wt_working = 0;
203 static void wt_init();
204 
205 static guicolor_T save_console_bg_rgb;
206 static guicolor_T save_console_fg_rgb;
207 static guicolor_T store_console_bg_rgb;
208 static guicolor_T store_console_fg_rgb;
209 
210 static int g_color_index_bg = 0;
211 static int g_color_index_fg = 7;
212 
213 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
214 static int default_console_color_bg = 0x000000; // black
215 static int default_console_color_fg = 0xc0c0c0; // white
216 # endif
217 
218 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
219 #  define USE_VTP		(vtp_working && is_term_win32() && (p_tgc || (!p_tgc && t_colors >= 256)))
220 #  define USE_WT		(wt_working)
221 # else
222 #  define USE_VTP		0
223 #  define USE_WT		0
224 # endif
225 
226 static void set_console_color_rgb(void);
227 static void reset_console_color_rgb(void);
228 static void restore_console_color_rgb(void);
229 #endif
230 
231 // This flag is newly created from Windows 10
232 #ifndef ENABLE_VIRTUAL_TERMINAL_PROCESSING
233 # define ENABLE_VIRTUAL_TERMINAL_PROCESSING 0x0004
234 #endif
235 
236 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
237 static int suppress_winsize = 1;	// don't fiddle with console
238 #endif
239 
240 static char_u *exe_path = NULL;
241 
242 static BOOL win8_or_later = FALSE;
243 
244 # if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MINGW32__)  && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
245 #  define UChar UnicodeChar
246 # else
247 #  define UChar uChar.UnicodeChar
248 # endif
249 
250 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
251 // Dynamic loading for portability
252 typedef struct _DYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX
253 {
254     ULONG cbSize;
255     COORD dwSize;
256     COORD dwCursorPosition;
257     WORD wAttributes;
258     SMALL_RECT srWindow;
259     COORD dwMaximumWindowSize;
260     WORD wPopupAttributes;
261     BOOL bFullscreenSupported;
262     COLORREF ColorTable[16];
263 } DYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX, *PDYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX;
264 typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PfnGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)(HANDLE, PDYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX);
265 static PfnGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx;
266 typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PfnSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)(HANDLE, PDYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX);
267 static PfnSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx;
268 static BOOL has_csbiex = FALSE;
269 #endif
270 
271 /*
272  * Get version number including build number
273  */
274 typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PfnRtlGetVersion)(LPOSVERSIONINFOW);
275 #define MAKE_VER(major, minor, build) \
276     (((major) << 24) | ((minor) << 16) | (build))
277 
278     static DWORD
279 get_build_number(void)
280 {
281     OSVERSIONINFOW	osver = {sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW)};
282     HMODULE		hNtdll;
283     PfnRtlGetVersion	pRtlGetVersion;
284     DWORD		ver = MAKE_VER(0, 0, 0);
285 
286     hNtdll = GetModuleHandle("ntdll.dll");
287     if (hNtdll != NULL)
288     {
289 	pRtlGetVersion =
290 	    (PfnRtlGetVersion)GetProcAddress(hNtdll, "RtlGetVersion");
291 	pRtlGetVersion(&osver);
292 	ver = MAKE_VER(min(osver.dwMajorVersion, 255),
293 		       min(osver.dwMinorVersion, 255),
294 		       min(osver.dwBuildNumber, 32767));
295     }
296     return ver;
297 }
298 
299 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
300     static BOOL
301 is_ambiwidth_event(
302     INPUT_RECORD *ir)
303 {
304     return ir->EventType == KEY_EVENT
305 		&& ir->Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown
306 		&& ir->Event.KeyEvent.wRepeatCount == 1
307 		&& ir->Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualKeyCode == 0x12
308 		&& ir->Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualScanCode == 0x38
309 		&& ir->Event.KeyEvent.UChar == 0
310 		&& ir->Event.KeyEvent.dwControlKeyState == 2;
311 }
312 
313     static void
314 make_ambiwidth_event(
315     INPUT_RECORD *down,
316     INPUT_RECORD *up)
317 {
318     down->Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualKeyCode = 0;
319     down->Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualScanCode = 0;
320     down->Event.KeyEvent.UChar = up->Event.KeyEvent.UChar;
321     down->Event.KeyEvent.dwControlKeyState = 0;
322 }
323 
324 /*
325  * Version of ReadConsoleInput() that works with IME.
326  * Works around problems on Windows 8.
327  */
328     static BOOL
329 read_console_input(
330     HANDLE	    hInput,
331     INPUT_RECORD    *lpBuffer,
332     DWORD	    nLength,
333     LPDWORD	    lpEvents)
334 {
335     enum
336     {
337 	IRSIZE = 10
338     };
339     static INPUT_RECORD s_irCache[IRSIZE];
340     static DWORD s_dwIndex = 0;
341     static DWORD s_dwMax = 0;
342     DWORD dwEvents;
343     int head;
344     int tail;
345     int i;
346     static INPUT_RECORD s_irPseudo;
347 
348     if (nLength == -2)
349 	return (s_dwMax > 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
350 
351     if (!win8_or_later)
352     {
353 	if (nLength == -1)
354 	    return PeekConsoleInputW(hInput, lpBuffer, 1, lpEvents);
355 	return ReadConsoleInputW(hInput, lpBuffer, 1, &dwEvents);
356     }
357 
358     if (s_dwMax == 0)
359     {
360 	if (!USE_WT && nLength == -1)
361 	    return PeekConsoleInputW(hInput, lpBuffer, 1, lpEvents);
362 	GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(hInput, &dwEvents);
363 	if (dwEvents == 0 && nLength == -1)
364 	    return PeekConsoleInputW(hInput, lpBuffer, 1, lpEvents);
365 	ReadConsoleInputW(hInput, s_irCache, IRSIZE, &dwEvents);
366 	s_dwIndex = 0;
367 	s_dwMax = dwEvents;
368 	if (dwEvents == 0)
369 	{
370 	    *lpEvents = 0;
371 	    return TRUE;
372 	}
373 
374 	for (i = s_dwIndex; i < (int)s_dwMax - 1; ++i)
375 	    if (is_ambiwidth_event(&s_irCache[i]))
376 		make_ambiwidth_event(&s_irCache[i], &s_irCache[i + 1]);
377 
378 	if (s_dwMax > 1)
379 	{
380 	    head = 0;
381 	    tail = s_dwMax - 1;
382 	    while (head != tail)
383 	    {
384 		if (s_irCache[head].EventType == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT
385 			&& s_irCache[head + 1].EventType
386 						  == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT)
387 		{
388 		    // Remove duplicate event to avoid flicker.
389 		    for (i = head; i < tail; ++i)
390 			s_irCache[i] = s_irCache[i + 1];
391 		    --tail;
392 		    continue;
393 		}
394 		head++;
395 	    }
396 	    s_dwMax = tail + 1;
397 	}
398     }
399 
400     if (s_irCache[s_dwIndex].EventType == KEY_EVENT)
401     {
402 	if (s_irCache[s_dwIndex].Event.KeyEvent.wRepeatCount > 1)
403 	{
404 	    s_irPseudo = s_irCache[s_dwIndex];
405 	    s_irPseudo.Event.KeyEvent.wRepeatCount = 1;
406 	    s_irCache[s_dwIndex].Event.KeyEvent.wRepeatCount--;
407 	    *lpBuffer = s_irPseudo;
408 	    *lpEvents = 1;
409 	    return TRUE;
410 	}
411     }
412 
413     *lpBuffer = s_irCache[s_dwIndex];
414     if (!(nLength == -1 || nLength == -2) && ++s_dwIndex >= s_dwMax)
415 	s_dwMax = 0;
416     *lpEvents = 1;
417     return TRUE;
418 }
419 
420 /*
421  * Version of PeekConsoleInput() that works with IME.
422  */
423     static BOOL
424 peek_console_input(
425     HANDLE	    hInput,
426     INPUT_RECORD    *lpBuffer,
427     DWORD	    nLength UNUSED,
428     LPDWORD	    lpEvents)
429 {
430     return read_console_input(hInput, lpBuffer, -1, lpEvents);
431 }
432 
433 # ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
434     static DWORD
435 msg_wait_for_multiple_objects(
436     DWORD    nCount,
437     LPHANDLE pHandles,
438     BOOL     fWaitAll,
439     DWORD    dwMilliseconds,
440     DWORD    dwWakeMask)
441 {
442     if (read_console_input(NULL, NULL, -2, NULL))
443 	return WAIT_OBJECT_0;
444     return MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, pHandles, fWaitAll,
445 				     dwMilliseconds, dwWakeMask);
446 }
447 # endif
448 
449 # ifndef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
450     static DWORD
451 wait_for_single_object(
452     HANDLE hHandle,
453     DWORD dwMilliseconds)
454 {
455     if (read_console_input(NULL, NULL, -2, NULL))
456 	return WAIT_OBJECT_0;
457     return WaitForSingleObject(hHandle, dwMilliseconds);
458 }
459 # endif
460 #endif
461 
462     static void
463 get_exe_name(void)
464 {
465     // Maximum length of $PATH is more than MAXPATHL.  8191 is often mentioned
466     // as the maximum length that works (plus a NUL byte).
467 #define MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN 8192
468     char	temp[MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN];
469     char_u	*p;
470 
471     if (exe_name == NULL)
472     {
473 	// store the name of the executable, may be used for $VIM
474 	GetModuleFileName(NULL, temp, MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN - 1);
475 	if (*temp != NUL)
476 	    exe_name = FullName_save((char_u *)temp, FALSE);
477     }
478 
479     if (exe_path == NULL && exe_name != NULL)
480     {
481 	exe_path = vim_strnsave(exe_name, gettail_sep(exe_name) - exe_name);
482 	if (exe_path != NULL)
483 	{
484 	    // Append our starting directory to $PATH, so that when doing
485 	    // "!xxd" it's found in our starting directory.  Needed because
486 	    // SearchPath() also looks there.
487 	    p = mch_getenv("PATH");
488 	    if (p == NULL
489 		       || STRLEN(p) + STRLEN(exe_path) + 2 < MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN)
490 	    {
491 		if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
492 		    temp[0] = NUL;
493 		else
494 		{
495 		    STRCPY(temp, p);
496 		    STRCAT(temp, ";");
497 		}
498 		STRCAT(temp, exe_path);
499 		vim_setenv((char_u *)"PATH", (char_u *)temp);
500 	    }
501 	}
502     }
503 }
504 
505 /*
506  * Unescape characters in "p" that appear in "escaped".
507  */
508     static void
509 unescape_shellxquote(char_u *p, char_u *escaped)
510 {
511     int	    l = (int)STRLEN(p);
512     int	    n;
513 
514     while (*p != NUL)
515     {
516 	if (*p == '^' && vim_strchr(escaped, p[1]) != NULL)
517 	    mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l--);
518 	n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
519 	p += n;
520 	l -= n;
521     }
522 }
523 
524 /*
525  * Load library "name".
526  */
527     HINSTANCE
528 vimLoadLib(char *name)
529 {
530     HINSTANCE	dll = NULL;
531 
532     // No need to load any library when registering OLE.
533     if (found_register_arg)
534 	return dll;
535 
536     // NOTE: Do not use mch_dirname() and mch_chdir() here, they may call
537     // vimLoadLib() recursively, which causes a stack overflow.
538     if (exe_path == NULL)
539 	get_exe_name();
540     if (exe_path != NULL)
541     {
542 	WCHAR old_dirw[MAXPATHL];
543 
544 	if (GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAXPATHL, old_dirw) != 0)
545 	{
546 	    // Change directory to where the executable is, both to make
547 	    // sure we find a .dll there and to avoid looking for a .dll
548 	    // in the current directory.
549 	    SetCurrentDirectory((LPCSTR)exe_path);
550 	    dll = LoadLibrary(name);
551 	    SetCurrentDirectoryW(old_dirw);
552 	    return dll;
553 	}
554     }
555     return dll;
556 }
557 
558 #if defined(VIMDLL) || defined(PROTO)
559 /*
560  * Check if the current executable file is for the GUI subsystem.
561  */
562     int
563 mch_is_gui_executable(void)
564 {
565     PBYTE		pImage = (PBYTE)GetModuleHandle(NULL);
566     PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER	pDOS = (PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER)pImage;
567     PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS	pPE;
568 
569     if (pDOS->e_magic != IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE)
570 	return FALSE;
571     pPE = (PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS)(pImage + pDOS->e_lfanew);
572     if (pPE->Signature != IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE)
573 	return FALSE;
574     if (pPE->OptionalHeader.Subsystem == IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI)
575 	return TRUE;
576     return FALSE;
577 }
578 #endif
579 
580 #if defined(DYNAMIC_ICONV) || defined(DYNAMIC_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
581 /*
582  * Get related information about 'funcname' which is imported by 'hInst'.
583  * If 'info' is 0, return the function address.
584  * If 'info' is 1, return the module name which the function is imported from.
585  */
586     static void *
587 get_imported_func_info(HINSTANCE hInst, const char *funcname, int info)
588 {
589     PBYTE			pImage = (PBYTE)hInst;
590     PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER		pDOS = (PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER)hInst;
591     PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS		pPE;
592     PIMAGE_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR	pImpDesc;
593     PIMAGE_THUNK_DATA		pIAT;	    // Import Address Table
594     PIMAGE_THUNK_DATA		pINT;	    // Import Name Table
595     PIMAGE_IMPORT_BY_NAME	pImpName;
596 
597     if (pDOS->e_magic != IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE)
598 	return NULL;
599     pPE = (PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS)(pImage + pDOS->e_lfanew);
600     if (pPE->Signature != IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE)
601 	return NULL;
602     pImpDesc = (PIMAGE_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR)(pImage
603 	    + pPE->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IMPORT]
604 							    .VirtualAddress);
605     for (; pImpDesc->FirstThunk; ++pImpDesc)
606     {
607 	if (!pImpDesc->OriginalFirstThunk)
608 	    continue;
609 	pIAT = (PIMAGE_THUNK_DATA)(pImage + pImpDesc->FirstThunk);
610 	pINT = (PIMAGE_THUNK_DATA)(pImage + pImpDesc->OriginalFirstThunk);
611 	for (; pIAT->u1.Function; ++pIAT, ++pINT)
612 	{
613 	    if (IMAGE_SNAP_BY_ORDINAL(pINT->u1.Ordinal))
614 		continue;
615 	    pImpName = (PIMAGE_IMPORT_BY_NAME)(pImage
616 					+ (UINT_PTR)(pINT->u1.AddressOfData));
617 	    if (strcmp((char *)pImpName->Name, funcname) == 0)
618 	    {
619 		switch (info)
620 		{
621 		    case 0:
622 			return (void *)pIAT->u1.Function;
623 		    case 1:
624 			return (void *)(pImage + pImpDesc->Name);
625 		    default:
626 			return NULL;
627 		}
628 	    }
629 	}
630     }
631     return NULL;
632 }
633 
634 /*
635  * Get the module handle which 'funcname' in 'hInst' is imported from.
636  */
637     HINSTANCE
638 find_imported_module_by_funcname(HINSTANCE hInst, const char *funcname)
639 {
640     char    *modulename;
641 
642     modulename = (char *)get_imported_func_info(hInst, funcname, 1);
643     if (modulename != NULL)
644 	return GetModuleHandleA(modulename);
645     return NULL;
646 }
647 
648 /*
649  * Get the address of 'funcname' which is imported by 'hInst' DLL.
650  */
651     void *
652 get_dll_import_func(HINSTANCE hInst, const char *funcname)
653 {
654     return get_imported_func_info(hInst, funcname, 0);
655 }
656 #endif
657 
658 #if defined(DYNAMIC_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
659 # ifndef GETTEXT_DLL
660 #  define GETTEXT_DLL "libintl.dll"
661 #  define GETTEXT_DLL_ALT1 "libintl-8.dll"
662 #  define GETTEXT_DLL_ALT2 "intl.dll"
663 # endif
664 // Dummy functions
665 static char *null_libintl_gettext(const char *);
666 static char *null_libintl_ngettext(const char *, const char *, unsigned long n);
667 static char *null_libintl_textdomain(const char *);
668 static char *null_libintl_bindtextdomain(const char *, const char *);
669 static char *null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset(const char *, const char *);
670 static int null_libintl_wputenv(const wchar_t *);
671 
672 static HINSTANCE hLibintlDLL = NULL;
673 char *(*dyn_libintl_gettext)(const char *) = null_libintl_gettext;
674 char *(*dyn_libintl_ngettext)(const char *, const char *, unsigned long n)
675 						= null_libintl_ngettext;
676 char *(*dyn_libintl_textdomain)(const char *) = null_libintl_textdomain;
677 char *(*dyn_libintl_bindtextdomain)(const char *, const char *)
678 						= null_libintl_bindtextdomain;
679 char *(*dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset)(const char *, const char *)
680 				       = null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset;
681 int (*dyn_libintl_wputenv)(const wchar_t *) = null_libintl_wputenv;
682 
683     int
684 dyn_libintl_init(void)
685 {
686     int i;
687     static struct
688     {
689 	char	    *name;
690 	FARPROC	    *ptr;
691     } libintl_entry[] =
692     {
693 	{"gettext", (FARPROC*)&dyn_libintl_gettext},
694 	{"ngettext", (FARPROC*)&dyn_libintl_ngettext},
695 	{"textdomain", (FARPROC*)&dyn_libintl_textdomain},
696 	{"bindtextdomain", (FARPROC*)&dyn_libintl_bindtextdomain},
697 	{NULL, NULL}
698     };
699     HINSTANCE hmsvcrt;
700 
701     // No need to initialize twice.
702     if (hLibintlDLL != NULL)
703 	return 1;
704     // Load gettext library (libintl.dll and other names).
705     hLibintlDLL = vimLoadLib(GETTEXT_DLL);
706 # ifdef GETTEXT_DLL_ALT1
707     if (!hLibintlDLL)
708 	hLibintlDLL = vimLoadLib(GETTEXT_DLL_ALT1);
709 # endif
710 # ifdef GETTEXT_DLL_ALT2
711     if (!hLibintlDLL)
712 	hLibintlDLL = vimLoadLib(GETTEXT_DLL_ALT2);
713 # endif
714     if (!hLibintlDLL)
715     {
716 	if (p_verbose > 0)
717 	{
718 	    verbose_enter();
719 	    semsg(_(e_loadlib), GETTEXT_DLL);
720 	    verbose_leave();
721 	}
722 	return 0;
723     }
724     for (i = 0; libintl_entry[i].name != NULL
725 					 && libintl_entry[i].ptr != NULL; ++i)
726     {
727 	if ((*libintl_entry[i].ptr = (FARPROC)GetProcAddress(hLibintlDLL,
728 					      libintl_entry[i].name)) == NULL)
729 	{
730 	    dyn_libintl_end();
731 	    if (p_verbose > 0)
732 	    {
733 		verbose_enter();
734 		semsg(_(e_loadfunc), libintl_entry[i].name);
735 		verbose_leave();
736 	    }
737 	    return 0;
738 	}
739     }
740 
741     // The bind_textdomain_codeset() function is optional.
742     dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibintlDLL,
743 						   "bind_textdomain_codeset");
744     if (dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset == NULL)
745 	dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset =
746 					 null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset;
747 
748     // _wputenv() function for the libintl.dll is optional.
749     hmsvcrt = find_imported_module_by_funcname(hLibintlDLL, "getenv");
750     if (hmsvcrt != NULL)
751 	dyn_libintl_wputenv = (void *)GetProcAddress(hmsvcrt, "_wputenv");
752     if (dyn_libintl_wputenv == NULL || dyn_libintl_wputenv == _wputenv)
753 	dyn_libintl_wputenv = null_libintl_wputenv;
754 
755     return 1;
756 }
757 
758     void
759 dyn_libintl_end(void)
760 {
761     if (hLibintlDLL)
762 	FreeLibrary(hLibintlDLL);
763     hLibintlDLL			= NULL;
764     dyn_libintl_gettext		= null_libintl_gettext;
765     dyn_libintl_ngettext	= null_libintl_ngettext;
766     dyn_libintl_textdomain	= null_libintl_textdomain;
767     dyn_libintl_bindtextdomain	= null_libintl_bindtextdomain;
768     dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset = null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset;
769     dyn_libintl_wputenv		= null_libintl_wputenv;
770 }
771 
772     static char *
773 null_libintl_gettext(const char *msgid)
774 {
775     return (char*)msgid;
776 }
777 
778     static char *
779 null_libintl_ngettext(
780 	const char *msgid,
781 	const char *msgid_plural,
782 	unsigned long n)
783 {
784     return (char *)(n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
785 }
786 
787     static char *
788 null_libintl_bindtextdomain(
789 	const char *domainname UNUSED,
790 	const char *dirname UNUSED)
791 {
792     return NULL;
793 }
794 
795     static char *
796 null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset(
797 	const char *domainname UNUSED,
798 	const char *codeset UNUSED)
799 {
800     return NULL;
801 }
802 
803     static char *
804 null_libintl_textdomain(const char *domainname UNUSED)
805 {
806     return NULL;
807 }
808 
809     static int
810 null_libintl_wputenv(const wchar_t *envstring UNUSED)
811 {
812     return 0;
813 }
814 
815 #endif // DYNAMIC_GETTEXT
816 
817 // This symbol is not defined in older versions of the SDK or Visual C++
818 
819 #ifndef VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS
820 # define VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS 1
821 #endif
822 
823 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
824 # ifndef PROTO
825 #  include <aclapi.h>
826 # endif
827 # ifndef PROTECTED_DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION
828 #  define PROTECTED_DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION	0x80000000L
829 # endif
830 #endif
831 
832 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
833 /*
834  * Enables or disables the specified privilege.
835  */
836     static BOOL
837 win32_enable_privilege(LPTSTR lpszPrivilege, BOOL bEnable)
838 {
839     BOOL		bResult;
840     LUID		luid;
841     HANDLE		hToken;
842     TOKEN_PRIVILEGES	tokenPrivileges;
843 
844     if (!OpenProcessToken(GetCurrentProcess(),
845 		TOKEN_ADJUST_PRIVILEGES | TOKEN_QUERY, &hToken))
846 	return FALSE;
847 
848     if (!LookupPrivilegeValue(NULL, lpszPrivilege, &luid))
849     {
850 	CloseHandle(hToken);
851 	return FALSE;
852     }
853 
854     tokenPrivileges.PrivilegeCount	     = 1;
855     tokenPrivileges.Privileges[0].Luid       = luid;
856     tokenPrivileges.Privileges[0].Attributes = bEnable ?
857 						    SE_PRIVILEGE_ENABLED : 0;
858 
859     bResult = AdjustTokenPrivileges(hToken, FALSE, &tokenPrivileges,
860 	    sizeof(TOKEN_PRIVILEGES), NULL, NULL);
861 
862     CloseHandle(hToken);
863 
864     return bResult && GetLastError() == ERROR_SUCCESS;
865 }
866 #endif
867 
868 #ifdef _MSC_VER
869 // Suppress the deprecation warning for using GetVersionEx().
870 // It is needed for implementing "windowsversion()".
871 # pragma warning(push)
872 # pragma warning(disable: 4996)
873 #endif
874 /*
875  * Set "win8_or_later" and fill in "windowsVersion" if possible.
876  */
877     void
878 PlatformId(void)
879 {
880     static int done = FALSE;
881 
882     if (!done)
883     {
884 	OSVERSIONINFO ovi;
885 
886 	ovi.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(ovi);
887 	GetVersionEx(&ovi);
888 
889 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
890 	vim_snprintf(windowsVersion, sizeof(windowsVersion), "%d.%d",
891 		(int)ovi.dwMajorVersion, (int)ovi.dwMinorVersion);
892 #endif
893 	if ((ovi.dwMajorVersion == 6 && ovi.dwMinorVersion >= 2)
894 		|| ovi.dwMajorVersion > 6)
895 	    win8_or_later = TRUE;
896 
897 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
898 	// Enable privilege for getting or setting SACLs.
899 	win32_enable_privilege(SE_SECURITY_NAME, TRUE);
900 #endif
901 	done = TRUE;
902     }
903 }
904 #ifdef _MSC_VER
905 # pragma warning(pop)
906 #endif
907 
908 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
909 
910 # define SHIFT  (SHIFT_PRESSED)
911 # define CTRL   (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED)
912 # define ALT    (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED  | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED)
913 # define ALT_GR (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED  | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED)
914 
915 
916 // When uChar.AsciiChar is 0, then we need to look at wVirtualKeyCode.
917 // We map function keys to their ANSI terminal equivalents, as produced
918 // by ANSI.SYS, for compatibility with the MS-DOS version of Vim.  Any
919 // ANSI key with a value >= '\300' is nonstandard, but provided anyway
920 // so that the user can have access to all SHIFT-, CTRL-, and ALT-
921 // combinations of function/arrow/etc keys.
922 
923 static const struct
924 {
925     WORD    wVirtKey;
926     BOOL    fAnsiKey;
927     int	    chAlone;
928     int	    chShift;
929     int	    chCtrl;
930     int	    chAlt;
931 } VirtKeyMap[] =
932 {
933 //    Key	ANSI	alone	shift	ctrl	    alt
934     { VK_ESCAPE,FALSE,	ESC,	ESC,	ESC,	    ESC,    },
935 
936     { VK_F1,	TRUE,	';',	'T',	'^',	    'h', },
937     { VK_F2,	TRUE,	'<',	'U',	'_',	    'i', },
938     { VK_F3,	TRUE,	'=',	'V',	'`',	    'j', },
939     { VK_F4,	TRUE,	'>',	'W',	'a',	    'k', },
940     { VK_F5,	TRUE,	'?',	'X',	'b',	    'l', },
941     { VK_F6,	TRUE,	'@',	'Y',	'c',	    'm', },
942     { VK_F7,	TRUE,	'A',	'Z',	'd',	    'n', },
943     { VK_F8,	TRUE,	'B',	'[',	'e',	    'o', },
944     { VK_F9,	TRUE,	'C',	'\\',	'f',	    'p', },
945     { VK_F10,	TRUE,	'D',	']',	'g',	    'q', },
946     { VK_F11,	TRUE,	'\205',	'\207',	'\211',	    '\213', },
947     { VK_F12,	TRUE,	'\206',	'\210',	'\212',	    '\214', },
948 
949     { VK_HOME,	TRUE,	'G',	'\302',	'w',	    '\303', },
950     { VK_UP,	TRUE,	'H',	'\304',	'\305',	    '\306', },
951     { VK_PRIOR,	TRUE,	'I',	'\307',	'\204',	    '\310', }, // PgUp
952     { VK_LEFT,	TRUE,	'K',	'\311',	's',	    '\312', },
953     { VK_RIGHT,	TRUE,	'M',	'\313',	't',	    '\314', },
954     { VK_END,	TRUE,	'O',	'\315',	'u',	    '\316', },
955     { VK_DOWN,	TRUE,	'P',	'\317',	'\320',	    '\321', },
956     { VK_NEXT,	TRUE,	'Q',	'\322',	'v',	    '\323', }, // PgDn
957     { VK_INSERT,TRUE,	'R',	'\324',	'\325',	    '\326', },
958     { VK_DELETE,TRUE,	'S',	'\327',	'\330',	    '\331', },
959     { VK_BACK,	TRUE,	'x',	'y',	'z',	    '{', }, // Backspace
960 
961     { VK_SNAPSHOT,TRUE,	0,	0,	0,	    'r', }, // PrtScrn
962 
963 # if 0
964     // Most people don't have F13-F20, but what the hell...
965     { VK_F13,	TRUE,	'\332',	'\333',	'\334',	    '\335', },
966     { VK_F14,	TRUE,	'\336',	'\337',	'\340',	    '\341', },
967     { VK_F15,	TRUE,	'\342',	'\343',	'\344',	    '\345', },
968     { VK_F16,	TRUE,	'\346',	'\347',	'\350',	    '\351', },
969     { VK_F17,	TRUE,	'\352',	'\353',	'\354',	    '\355', },
970     { VK_F18,	TRUE,	'\356',	'\357',	'\360',	    '\361', },
971     { VK_F19,	TRUE,	'\362',	'\363',	'\364',	    '\365', },
972     { VK_F20,	TRUE,	'\366',	'\367',	'\370',	    '\371', },
973 # endif
974     { VK_ADD,	TRUE,   'N',    'N',    'N',	'N',	}, // keyp '+'
975     { VK_SUBTRACT, TRUE,'J',	'J',    'J',	'J',	}, // keyp '-'
976  // { VK_DIVIDE,   TRUE,'N',	'N',    'N',	'N',	}, // keyp '/'
977     { VK_MULTIPLY, TRUE,'7',	'7',    '7',	'7',	}, // keyp '*'
978 
979     { VK_NUMPAD0,TRUE,  '\332',	'\333',	'\334',	    '\335', },
980     { VK_NUMPAD1,TRUE,  '\336',	'\337',	'\340',	    '\341', },
981     { VK_NUMPAD2,TRUE,  '\342',	'\343',	'\344',	    '\345', },
982     { VK_NUMPAD3,TRUE,  '\346',	'\347',	'\350',	    '\351', },
983     { VK_NUMPAD4,TRUE,  '\352',	'\353',	'\354',	    '\355', },
984     { VK_NUMPAD5,TRUE,  '\356',	'\357',	'\360',	    '\361', },
985     { VK_NUMPAD6,TRUE,  '\362',	'\363',	'\364',	    '\365', },
986     { VK_NUMPAD7,TRUE,  '\366',	'\367',	'\370',	    '\371', },
987     { VK_NUMPAD8,TRUE,  '\372',	'\373',	'\374',	    '\375', },
988     // Sorry, out of number space! <negri>
989     { VK_NUMPAD9,TRUE,  '\376',	'\377',	'|',	    '}', },
990 };
991 
992 
993 /*
994  * The return code indicates key code size.
995  */
996     static int
997 win32_kbd_patch_key(
998     KEY_EVENT_RECORD *pker)
999 {
1000     UINT uMods = pker->dwControlKeyState;
1001     static int s_iIsDead = 0;
1002     static WORD awAnsiCode[2];
1003     static BYTE abKeystate[256];
1004 
1005 
1006     if (s_iIsDead == 2)
1007     {
1008 	pker->UChar = (WCHAR) awAnsiCode[1];
1009 	s_iIsDead = 0;
1010 	return 1;
1011     }
1012 
1013     if (pker->UChar != 0)
1014 	return 1;
1015 
1016     CLEAR_FIELD(abKeystate);
1017 
1018     // Clear any pending dead keys
1019     ToUnicode(VK_SPACE, MapVirtualKey(VK_SPACE, 0), abKeystate, awAnsiCode, 2, 0);
1020 
1021     if (uMods & SHIFT_PRESSED)
1022 	abKeystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
1023     if (uMods & CAPSLOCK_ON)
1024 	abKeystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
1025 
1026     if ((uMods & ALT_GR) == ALT_GR)
1027     {
1028 	abKeystate[VK_CONTROL] = abKeystate[VK_LCONTROL] =
1029 	    abKeystate[VK_MENU] = abKeystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80;
1030     }
1031 
1032     s_iIsDead = ToUnicode(pker->wVirtualKeyCode, pker->wVirtualScanCode,
1033 			abKeystate, awAnsiCode, 2, 0);
1034 
1035     if (s_iIsDead > 0)
1036 	pker->UChar = (WCHAR) awAnsiCode[0];
1037 
1038     return s_iIsDead;
1039 }
1040 
1041 static BOOL g_fJustGotFocus = FALSE;
1042 
1043 /*
1044  * Decode a KEY_EVENT into one or two keystrokes
1045  */
1046     static BOOL
1047 decode_key_event(
1048     KEY_EVENT_RECORD	*pker,
1049     WCHAR		*pch,
1050     WCHAR		*pch2,
1051     int			*pmodifiers,
1052     BOOL		fDoPost UNUSED)
1053 {
1054     int i;
1055     const int nModifs = pker->dwControlKeyState & (SHIFT | ALT | CTRL);
1056 
1057     *pch = *pch2 = NUL;
1058     g_fJustGotFocus = FALSE;
1059 
1060     // ignore key up events
1061     if (!pker->bKeyDown)
1062 	return FALSE;
1063 
1064     // ignore some keystrokes
1065     switch (pker->wVirtualKeyCode)
1066     {
1067     // modifiers
1068     case VK_SHIFT:
1069     case VK_CONTROL:
1070     case VK_MENU:   // Alt key
1071 	return FALSE;
1072 
1073     default:
1074 	break;
1075     }
1076 
1077     // special cases
1078     if ((nModifs & CTRL) != 0 && (nModifs & ~CTRL) == 0 && pker->UChar == NUL)
1079     {
1080 	// Ctrl-6 is Ctrl-^
1081 	if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == '6')
1082 	{
1083 	    *pch = Ctrl_HAT;
1084 	    return TRUE;
1085 	}
1086 	// Ctrl-2 is Ctrl-@
1087 	else if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == '2')
1088 	{
1089 	    *pch = NUL;
1090 	    return TRUE;
1091 	}
1092 	// Ctrl-- is Ctrl-_
1093 	else if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == 0xBD)
1094 	{
1095 	    *pch = Ctrl__;
1096 	    return TRUE;
1097 	}
1098     }
1099 
1100     // Shift-TAB
1101     if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == VK_TAB && (nModifs & SHIFT_PRESSED))
1102     {
1103 	*pch = K_NUL;
1104 	*pch2 = '\017';
1105 	return TRUE;
1106     }
1107 
1108     for (i = ARRAY_LENGTH(VirtKeyMap);  --i >= 0;  )
1109     {
1110 	if (VirtKeyMap[i].wVirtKey == pker->wVirtualKeyCode)
1111 	{
1112 	    if (nModifs == 0)
1113 		*pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chAlone;
1114 	    else if ((nModifs & SHIFT) != 0 && (nModifs & ~SHIFT) == 0)
1115 		*pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chShift;
1116 	    else if ((nModifs & CTRL) != 0 && (nModifs & ~CTRL) == 0)
1117 		*pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chCtrl;
1118 	    else if ((nModifs & ALT) != 0 && (nModifs & ~ALT) == 0)
1119 		*pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chAlt;
1120 
1121 	    if (*pch != 0)
1122 	    {
1123 		if (VirtKeyMap[i].fAnsiKey)
1124 		{
1125 		    *pch2 = *pch;
1126 		    *pch = K_NUL;
1127 		}
1128 
1129 		return TRUE;
1130 	    }
1131 	}
1132     }
1133 
1134     i = win32_kbd_patch_key(pker);
1135 
1136     if (i < 0)
1137 	*pch = NUL;
1138     else
1139     {
1140 	*pch = (i > 0) ? pker->UChar : NUL;
1141 
1142 	if (pmodifiers != NULL)
1143 	{
1144 	    // Pass on the ALT key as a modifier, but only when not combined
1145 	    // with CTRL (which is ALTGR).
1146 	    if ((nModifs & ALT) != 0 && (nModifs & CTRL) == 0)
1147 		*pmodifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
1148 
1149 	    // Pass on SHIFT only for special keys, because we don't know when
1150 	    // it's already included with the character.
1151 	    if ((nModifs & SHIFT) != 0 && *pch <= 0x20)
1152 		*pmodifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
1153 
1154 	    // Pass on CTRL only for non-special keys, because we don't know
1155 	    // when it's already included with the character.  And not when
1156 	    // combined with ALT (which is ALTGR).
1157 	    if ((nModifs & CTRL) != 0 && (nModifs & ALT) == 0
1158 					       && *pch >= 0x20 && *pch < 0x80)
1159 		*pmodifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
1160 	}
1161     }
1162 
1163     return (*pch != NUL);
1164 }
1165 
1166 #endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1167 
1168 
1169 /*
1170  * For the GUI the mouse handling is in gui_w32.c.
1171  */
1172 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) && !defined(VIMDLL)
1173     void
1174 mch_setmouse(int on UNUSED)
1175 {
1176 }
1177 #else
1178 static int g_fMouseAvail = FALSE;   // mouse present
1179 static int g_fMouseActive = FALSE;  // mouse enabled
1180 static int g_nMouseClick = -1;	    // mouse status
1181 static int g_xMouse;		    // mouse x coordinate
1182 static int g_yMouse;		    // mouse y coordinate
1183 static DWORD g_cmodein = 0;         // Original console input mode
1184 static DWORD g_cmodeout = 0;        // Original console output mode
1185 
1186 /*
1187  * Enable or disable mouse input
1188  */
1189     void
1190 mch_setmouse(int on)
1191 {
1192     DWORD cmodein;
1193 
1194 # ifdef VIMDLL
1195     if (gui.in_use)
1196 	return;
1197 # endif
1198     if (!g_fMouseAvail)
1199 	return;
1200 
1201     g_fMouseActive = on;
1202     GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein);
1203 
1204     if (g_fMouseActive)
1205     {
1206 	cmodein |= ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT;
1207 	cmodein &= ~ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE;
1208     }
1209     else
1210     {
1211 	cmodein &= ~ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT;
1212 	cmodein |= g_cmodein & ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE;
1213     }
1214 
1215     SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein | ENABLE_EXTENDED_FLAGS);
1216 }
1217 
1218 
1219 # if defined(FEAT_BEVAL_TERM) || defined(PROTO)
1220 /*
1221  * Called when 'balloonevalterm' changed.
1222  */
1223     void
1224 mch_bevalterm_changed(void)
1225 {
1226     mch_setmouse(g_fMouseActive);
1227 }
1228 # endif
1229 
1230 /*
1231  * Decode a MOUSE_EVENT.  If it's a valid event, return MOUSE_LEFT,
1232  * MOUSE_MIDDLE, or MOUSE_RIGHT for a click; MOUSE_DRAG for a mouse
1233  * move with a button held down; and MOUSE_RELEASE after a MOUSE_DRAG
1234  * or a MOUSE_LEFT, _MIDDLE, or _RIGHT.  We encode the button type,
1235  * the number of clicks, and the Shift/Ctrl/Alt modifiers in g_nMouseClick,
1236  * and we return the mouse position in g_xMouse and g_yMouse.
1237  *
1238  * Every MOUSE_LEFT, _MIDDLE, or _RIGHT will be followed by zero or more
1239  * MOUSE_DRAGs and one MOUSE_RELEASE.  MOUSE_RELEASE will be followed only
1240  * by MOUSE_LEFT, _MIDDLE, or _RIGHT.
1241  *
1242  * For multiple clicks, we send, say, MOUSE_LEFT/1 click, MOUSE_RELEASE,
1243  * MOUSE_LEFT/2 clicks, MOUSE_RELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT/3 clicks, MOUSE_RELEASE, ....
1244  *
1245  * Windows will send us MOUSE_MOVED notifications whenever the mouse
1246  * moves, even if it stays within the same character cell.  We ignore
1247  * all MOUSE_MOVED messages if the position hasn't really changed, and
1248  * we ignore all MOUSE_MOVED messages where no button is held down (i.e.,
1249  * we're only interested in MOUSE_DRAG).
1250  *
1251  * All of this is complicated by the code that fakes MOUSE_MIDDLE on
1252  * 2-button mouses by pressing the left & right buttons simultaneously.
1253  * In practice, it's almost impossible to click both at the same time,
1254  * so we need to delay a little.  Also, we tend not to get MOUSE_RELEASE
1255  * in such cases, if the user is clicking quickly.
1256  */
1257     static BOOL
1258 decode_mouse_event(
1259     MOUSE_EVENT_RECORD *pmer)
1260 {
1261     static int s_nOldButton = -1;
1262     static int s_nOldMouseClick = -1;
1263     static int s_xOldMouse = -1;
1264     static int s_yOldMouse = -1;
1265     static linenr_T s_old_topline = 0;
1266 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1267     static int s_old_topfill = 0;
1268 # endif
1269     static int s_cClicks = 1;
1270     static BOOL s_fReleased = TRUE;
1271     static DWORD s_dwLastClickTime = 0;
1272     static BOOL s_fNextIsMiddle = FALSE;
1273 
1274     static DWORD cButtons = 0;	// number of buttons supported
1275 
1276     const DWORD LEFT = FROM_LEFT_1ST_BUTTON_PRESSED;
1277     const DWORD MIDDLE = FROM_LEFT_2ND_BUTTON_PRESSED;
1278     const DWORD RIGHT = RIGHTMOST_BUTTON_PRESSED;
1279     const DWORD LEFT_RIGHT = LEFT | RIGHT;
1280 
1281     int nButton;
1282 
1283     if (cButtons == 0 && !GetNumberOfConsoleMouseButtons(&cButtons))
1284 	cButtons = 2;
1285 
1286     if (!g_fMouseAvail || !g_fMouseActive)
1287     {
1288 	g_nMouseClick = -1;
1289 	return FALSE;
1290     }
1291 
1292     // get a spurious MOUSE_EVENT immediately after receiving focus; ignore
1293     if (g_fJustGotFocus)
1294     {
1295 	g_fJustGotFocus = FALSE;
1296 	return FALSE;
1297     }
1298 
1299     // unprocessed mouse click?
1300     if (g_nMouseClick != -1)
1301 	return TRUE;
1302 
1303     nButton = -1;
1304     g_xMouse = pmer->dwMousePosition.X;
1305     g_yMouse = pmer->dwMousePosition.Y;
1306 
1307     if (pmer->dwEventFlags == MOUSE_MOVED)
1308     {
1309 	// Ignore MOUSE_MOVED events if (x, y) hasn't changed.	(We get these
1310 	// events even when the mouse moves only within a char cell.)
1311 	if (s_xOldMouse == g_xMouse && s_yOldMouse == g_yMouse)
1312 	    return FALSE;
1313     }
1314 
1315     // If no buttons are pressed...
1316     if ((pmer->dwButtonState & ((1 << cButtons) - 1)) == 0)
1317     {
1318 	nButton = MOUSE_RELEASE;
1319 
1320 	// If the last thing returned was MOUSE_RELEASE, ignore this
1321 	if (s_fReleased)
1322 	{
1323 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TERM
1324 	    // do return mouse move events when we want them
1325 	    if (p_bevalterm)
1326 		nButton = MOUSE_DRAG;
1327 	    else
1328 # endif
1329 		return FALSE;
1330 	}
1331 
1332 	s_fReleased = TRUE;
1333     }
1334     else    // one or more buttons pressed
1335     {
1336 	// on a 2-button mouse, hold down left and right buttons
1337 	// simultaneously to get MIDDLE.
1338 
1339 	if (cButtons == 2 && s_nOldButton != MOUSE_DRAG)
1340 	{
1341 	    DWORD dwLR = (pmer->dwButtonState & LEFT_RIGHT);
1342 
1343 	    // if either left or right button only is pressed, see if the
1344 	    // next mouse event has both of them pressed
1345 	    if (dwLR == LEFT || dwLR == RIGHT)
1346 	    {
1347 		for (;;)
1348 		{
1349 		    // wait a short time for next input event
1350 		    if (WaitForSingleObject(g_hConIn, p_mouset / 3)
1351 							     != WAIT_OBJECT_0)
1352 			break;
1353 		    else
1354 		    {
1355 			DWORD cRecords = 0;
1356 			INPUT_RECORD ir;
1357 			MOUSE_EVENT_RECORD* pmer2 = &ir.Event.MouseEvent;
1358 
1359 			peek_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords);
1360 
1361 			if (cRecords == 0 || ir.EventType != MOUSE_EVENT
1362 				|| !(pmer2->dwButtonState & LEFT_RIGHT))
1363 			    break;
1364 			else
1365 			{
1366 			    if (pmer2->dwEventFlags != MOUSE_MOVED)
1367 			    {
1368 				read_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords);
1369 
1370 				return decode_mouse_event(pmer2);
1371 			    }
1372 			    else if (s_xOldMouse == pmer2->dwMousePosition.X &&
1373 				     s_yOldMouse == pmer2->dwMousePosition.Y)
1374 			    {
1375 				// throw away spurious mouse move
1376 				read_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords);
1377 
1378 				// are there any more mouse events in queue?
1379 				peek_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords);
1380 
1381 				if (cRecords==0 || ir.EventType != MOUSE_EVENT)
1382 				    break;
1383 			    }
1384 			    else
1385 				break;
1386 			}
1387 		    }
1388 		}
1389 	    }
1390 	}
1391 
1392 	if (s_fNextIsMiddle)
1393 	{
1394 	    nButton = (pmer->dwEventFlags == MOUSE_MOVED)
1395 		? MOUSE_DRAG : MOUSE_MIDDLE;
1396 	    s_fNextIsMiddle = FALSE;
1397 	}
1398 	else if (cButtons == 2	&&
1399 	    ((pmer->dwButtonState & LEFT_RIGHT) == LEFT_RIGHT))
1400 	{
1401 	    nButton = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
1402 
1403 	    if (! s_fReleased && pmer->dwEventFlags != MOUSE_MOVED)
1404 	    {
1405 		s_fNextIsMiddle = TRUE;
1406 		nButton = MOUSE_RELEASE;
1407 	    }
1408 	}
1409 	else if ((pmer->dwButtonState & LEFT) == LEFT)
1410 	    nButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
1411 	else if ((pmer->dwButtonState & MIDDLE) == MIDDLE)
1412 	    nButton = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
1413 	else if ((pmer->dwButtonState & RIGHT) == RIGHT)
1414 	    nButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
1415 
1416 	if (! s_fReleased && ! s_fNextIsMiddle
1417 		&& nButton != s_nOldButton && s_nOldButton != MOUSE_DRAG)
1418 	    return FALSE;
1419 
1420 	s_fReleased = s_fNextIsMiddle;
1421     }
1422 
1423     if (pmer->dwEventFlags == 0 || pmer->dwEventFlags == DOUBLE_CLICK)
1424     {
1425 	// button pressed or released, without mouse moving
1426 	if (nButton != -1 && nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE)
1427 	{
1428 	    DWORD dwCurrentTime = GetTickCount();
1429 
1430 	    if (s_xOldMouse != g_xMouse
1431 		    || s_yOldMouse != g_yMouse
1432 		    || s_nOldButton != nButton
1433 		    || s_old_topline != curwin->w_topline
1434 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1435 		    || s_old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
1436 # endif
1437 		    || (int)(dwCurrentTime - s_dwLastClickTime) > p_mouset)
1438 	    {
1439 		s_cClicks = 1;
1440 	    }
1441 	    else if (++s_cClicks > 4)
1442 	    {
1443 		s_cClicks = 1;
1444 	    }
1445 
1446 	    s_dwLastClickTime = dwCurrentTime;
1447 	}
1448     }
1449     else if (pmer->dwEventFlags == MOUSE_MOVED)
1450     {
1451 	if (nButton != -1 && nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE)
1452 	    nButton = MOUSE_DRAG;
1453 
1454 	s_cClicks = 1;
1455     }
1456 
1457     if (nButton == -1)
1458 	return FALSE;
1459 
1460     if (nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE)
1461 	s_nOldButton = nButton;
1462 
1463     g_nMouseClick = nButton;
1464 
1465     if (pmer->dwControlKeyState & SHIFT_PRESSED)
1466 	g_nMouseClick |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
1467     if (pmer->dwControlKeyState & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
1468 	g_nMouseClick |= MOUSE_CTRL;
1469     if (pmer->dwControlKeyState & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED  | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED))
1470 	g_nMouseClick |= MOUSE_ALT;
1471 
1472     if (nButton != MOUSE_DRAG && nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE)
1473 	SET_NUM_MOUSE_CLICKS(g_nMouseClick, s_cClicks);
1474 
1475     // only pass on interesting (i.e., different) mouse events
1476     if (s_xOldMouse == g_xMouse
1477 	    && s_yOldMouse == g_yMouse
1478 	    && s_nOldMouseClick == g_nMouseClick)
1479     {
1480 	g_nMouseClick = -1;
1481 	return FALSE;
1482     }
1483 
1484     s_xOldMouse = g_xMouse;
1485     s_yOldMouse = g_yMouse;
1486     s_old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
1487 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1488     s_old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
1489 # endif
1490     s_nOldMouseClick = g_nMouseClick;
1491 
1492     return TRUE;
1493 }
1494 
1495 #endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1496 
1497 
1498 #ifdef MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE
1499 /*
1500  * Set the shape of the cursor.
1501  * 'thickness' can be from 1 (thin) to 99 (block)
1502  */
1503     static void
1504 mch_set_cursor_shape(int thickness)
1505 {
1506     CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO ConsoleCursorInfo;
1507     ConsoleCursorInfo.dwSize = thickness;
1508     ConsoleCursorInfo.bVisible = s_cursor_visible;
1509 
1510     SetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &ConsoleCursorInfo);
1511     if (s_cursor_visible)
1512 	SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, g_coord);
1513 }
1514 
1515     void
1516 mch_update_cursor(void)
1517 {
1518     int		idx;
1519     int		thickness;
1520 
1521 # ifdef VIMDLL
1522     if (gui.in_use)
1523 	return;
1524 # endif
1525 
1526     /*
1527      * How the cursor is drawn depends on the current mode.
1528      */
1529     idx = get_shape_idx(FALSE);
1530 
1531     if (shape_table[idx].shape == SHAPE_BLOCK)
1532 	thickness = 99;	// 100 doesn't work on W95
1533     else
1534 	thickness = shape_table[idx].percentage;
1535     mch_set_cursor_shape(thickness);
1536 }
1537 #endif
1538 
1539 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
1540 /*
1541  * Handle FOCUS_EVENT.
1542  */
1543     static void
1544 handle_focus_event(INPUT_RECORD ir)
1545 {
1546     g_fJustGotFocus = ir.Event.FocusEvent.bSetFocus;
1547     ui_focus_change((int)g_fJustGotFocus);
1548 }
1549 
1550 static void ResizeConBuf(HANDLE hConsole, COORD coordScreen);
1551 
1552 /*
1553  * Wait until console input from keyboard or mouse is available,
1554  * or the time is up.
1555  * When "ignore_input" is TRUE even wait when input is available.
1556  * Return TRUE if something is available FALSE if not.
1557  */
1558     static int
1559 WaitForChar(long msec, int ignore_input)
1560 {
1561     DWORD	    dwNow = 0, dwEndTime = 0;
1562     INPUT_RECORD    ir;
1563     DWORD	    cRecords;
1564     WCHAR	    ch, ch2;
1565 # ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
1566     int		    tb_change_cnt = typebuf.tb_change_cnt;
1567 # endif
1568 
1569     if (msec > 0)
1570 	// Wait until the specified time has elapsed.
1571 	dwEndTime = GetTickCount() + msec;
1572     else if (msec < 0)
1573 	// Wait forever.
1574 	dwEndTime = INFINITE;
1575 
1576     // We need to loop until the end of the time period, because
1577     // we might get multiple unusable mouse events in that time.
1578     for (;;)
1579     {
1580 	// Only process messages when waiting.
1581 	if (msec != 0)
1582 	{
1583 # ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
1584 	    parse_queued_messages();
1585 # endif
1586 # ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME
1587 	    mzvim_check_threads();
1588 # endif
1589 # ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
1590 	    serverProcessPendingMessages();
1591 # endif
1592 	}
1593 
1594 	if (g_nMouseClick != -1
1595 # ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
1596 		|| (!ignore_input && input_available())
1597 # endif
1598 	   )
1599 	    return TRUE;
1600 
1601 	if (msec > 0)
1602 	{
1603 	    // If the specified wait time has passed, return.  Beware that
1604 	    // GetTickCount() may wrap around (overflow).
1605 	    dwNow = GetTickCount();
1606 	    if ((int)(dwNow - dwEndTime) >= 0)
1607 		break;
1608 	}
1609 	if (msec != 0)
1610 	{
1611 	    DWORD dwWaitTime = dwEndTime - dwNow;
1612 
1613 	    // Don't wait for more than 11 msec to avoid dropping characters,
1614 	    // check channel while waiting for input and handle a callback from
1615 	    // 'balloonexpr'.
1616 	    if (dwWaitTime > 11)
1617 		dwWaitTime = 11;
1618 
1619 # ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME
1620 	    if (mzthreads_allowed() && p_mzq > 0 && (long)dwWaitTime > p_mzq)
1621 		dwWaitTime = p_mzq; // don't wait longer than 'mzquantum'
1622 # endif
1623 # ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
1624 	    // When waiting very briefly don't trigger timers.
1625 	    if (dwWaitTime > 10)
1626 	    {
1627 		long	due_time;
1628 
1629 		// Trigger timers and then get the time in msec until the next
1630 		// one is due.  Wait up to that time.
1631 		due_time = check_due_timer();
1632 		if (typebuf.tb_change_cnt != tb_change_cnt)
1633 		{
1634 		    // timer may have used feedkeys().
1635 		    return FALSE;
1636 		}
1637 		if (due_time > 0 && dwWaitTime > (DWORD)due_time)
1638 		    dwWaitTime = due_time;
1639 	    }
1640 # endif
1641 	    if (
1642 # ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
1643 		    // Wait for either an event on the console input or a
1644 		    // message in the client-server window.
1645 		    msg_wait_for_multiple_objects(1, &g_hConIn, FALSE,
1646 				  dwWaitTime, QS_SENDMESSAGE) != WAIT_OBJECT_0
1647 # else
1648 		    wait_for_single_object(g_hConIn, dwWaitTime)
1649 							      != WAIT_OBJECT_0
1650 # endif
1651 		    )
1652 		continue;
1653 	}
1654 
1655 	cRecords = 0;
1656 	peek_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords);
1657 
1658 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
1659 	// May have to redraw if the cursor ends up in the wrong place.
1660 	// Only when not peeking.
1661 	if (State & CMDLINE && msg_row == Rows - 1 && msec != 0)
1662 	{
1663 	    CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
1664 
1665 	    if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi))
1666 	    {
1667 		if (csbi.dwCursorPosition.Y != msg_row)
1668 		{
1669 		    // The screen is now messed up, must redraw the command
1670 		    // line and later all the windows.
1671 		    redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
1672 		    compute_cmdrow();
1673 		    redrawcmd();
1674 		}
1675 	    }
1676 	}
1677 # endif
1678 
1679 	if (cRecords > 0)
1680 	{
1681 	    if (ir.EventType == KEY_EVENT && ir.Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown)
1682 	    {
1683 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
1684 		// Windows IME sends two '\n's with only one 'ENTER'.  First:
1685 		// wVirtualKeyCode == 13. second: wVirtualKeyCode == 0
1686 		if (ir.Event.KeyEvent.UChar == 0
1687 			&& ir.Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualKeyCode == 13)
1688 		{
1689 		    read_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords);
1690 		    continue;
1691 		}
1692 # endif
1693 		if (decode_key_event(&ir.Event.KeyEvent, &ch, &ch2,
1694 								 NULL, FALSE))
1695 		    return TRUE;
1696 	    }
1697 
1698 	    read_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords);
1699 
1700 	    if (ir.EventType == FOCUS_EVENT)
1701 		handle_focus_event(ir);
1702 	    else if (ir.EventType == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT)
1703 	    {
1704 		COORD dwSize = ir.Event.WindowBufferSizeEvent.dwSize;
1705 
1706 		// Only call shell_resized() when the size actually changed to
1707 		// avoid the screen is cleared.
1708 		if (dwSize.X != Columns || dwSize.Y != Rows)
1709 		{
1710 		    CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
1711 		    GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi);
1712 		    dwSize.X = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1;
1713 		    dwSize.Y = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1;
1714 		    if (dwSize.X != Columns || dwSize.Y != Rows)
1715 		    {
1716 			ResizeConBuf(g_hConOut, dwSize);
1717 			shell_resized();
1718 		    }
1719 		}
1720 	    }
1721 	    else if (ir.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT
1722 		    && decode_mouse_event(&ir.Event.MouseEvent))
1723 		return TRUE;
1724 	}
1725 	else if (msec == 0)
1726 	    break;
1727     }
1728 
1729 # ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
1730     // Something might have been received while we were waiting.
1731     if (input_available())
1732 	return TRUE;
1733 # endif
1734 
1735     return FALSE;
1736 }
1737 
1738 /*
1739  * return non-zero if a character is available
1740  */
1741     int
1742 mch_char_avail(void)
1743 {
1744 # ifdef VIMDLL
1745     if (gui.in_use)
1746 	return TRUE;
1747 # endif
1748     return WaitForChar(0L, FALSE);
1749 }
1750 
1751 # if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO)
1752 /*
1753  * Check for any pending input or messages.
1754  */
1755     int
1756 mch_check_messages(void)
1757 {
1758 #  ifdef VIMDLL
1759     if (gui.in_use)
1760 	return TRUE;
1761 #  endif
1762     return WaitForChar(0L, TRUE);
1763 }
1764 # endif
1765 
1766 /*
1767  * Create the console input.  Used when reading stdin doesn't work.
1768  */
1769     static void
1770 create_conin(void)
1771 {
1772     g_hConIn =	CreateFile("CONIN$", GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
1773 			FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
1774 			(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES) NULL,
1775 			OPEN_EXISTING, 0, (HANDLE)NULL);
1776     did_create_conin = TRUE;
1777 }
1778 
1779 /*
1780  * Get a keystroke or a mouse event, use a blocking wait.
1781  */
1782     static WCHAR
1783 tgetch(int *pmodifiers, WCHAR *pch2)
1784 {
1785     WCHAR ch;
1786 
1787     for (;;)
1788     {
1789 	INPUT_RECORD ir;
1790 	DWORD cRecords = 0;
1791 
1792 # ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
1793 	(void)WaitForChar(-1L, FALSE);
1794 	if (input_available())
1795 	    return 0;
1796 	if (g_nMouseClick != -1)
1797 	    return 0;
1798 # endif
1799 	if (read_console_input(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords) == 0)
1800 	{
1801 	    if (did_create_conin)
1802 		read_error_exit();
1803 	    create_conin();
1804 	    continue;
1805 	}
1806 
1807 	if (ir.EventType == KEY_EVENT)
1808 	{
1809 	    if (decode_key_event(&ir.Event.KeyEvent, &ch, pch2,
1810 							    pmodifiers, TRUE))
1811 		return ch;
1812 	}
1813 	else if (ir.EventType == FOCUS_EVENT)
1814 	    handle_focus_event(ir);
1815 	else if (ir.EventType == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT)
1816 	    shell_resized();
1817 	else if (ir.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT)
1818 	{
1819 	    if (decode_mouse_event(&ir.Event.MouseEvent))
1820 		return 0;
1821 	}
1822     }
1823 }
1824 #endif // !FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1825 
1826 
1827 /*
1828  * mch_inchar(): low-level input function.
1829  * Get one or more characters from the keyboard or the mouse.
1830  * If time == 0, do not wait for characters.
1831  * If time == n, wait a short time for characters.
1832  * If time == -1, wait forever for characters.
1833  * Returns the number of characters read into buf.
1834  */
1835     int
1836 mch_inchar(
1837     char_u	*buf UNUSED,
1838     int		maxlen UNUSED,
1839     long	time UNUSED,
1840     int		tb_change_cnt UNUSED)
1841 {
1842 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
1843 
1844     int		len;
1845     int		c;
1846 # ifdef VIMDLL
1847 // Extra space for maximum three CSIs. E.g. U+1B6DB -> 0xF0 0x9B 0x9B 0x9B.
1848 #  define TYPEAHEADSPACE    6
1849 # else
1850 #  define TYPEAHEADSPACE    0
1851 # endif
1852 # define TYPEAHEADLEN	    (20 + TYPEAHEADSPACE)
1853     static char_u   typeahead[TYPEAHEADLEN];	// previously typed bytes.
1854     static int	    typeaheadlen = 0;
1855 
1856 # ifdef VIMDLL
1857     if (gui.in_use)
1858 	return 0;
1859 # endif
1860 
1861     // First use any typeahead that was kept because "buf" was too small.
1862     if (typeaheadlen > 0)
1863 	goto theend;
1864 
1865     if (time >= 0)
1866     {
1867 	if (!WaitForChar(time, FALSE))     // no character available
1868 	    return 0;
1869     }
1870     else    // time == -1, wait forever
1871     {
1872 	mch_set_winsize_now();	// Allow winsize changes from now on
1873 
1874 	/*
1875 	 * If there is no character available within 2 seconds (default)
1876 	 * write the autoscript file to disk.  Or cause the CursorHold event
1877 	 * to be triggered.
1878 	 */
1879 	if (!WaitForChar(p_ut, FALSE))
1880 	{
1881 	    if (trigger_cursorhold() && maxlen >= 3)
1882 	    {
1883 		buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
1884 		buf[1] = KS_EXTRA;
1885 		buf[2] = (int)KE_CURSORHOLD;
1886 		return 3;
1887 	    }
1888 	    before_blocking();
1889 	}
1890     }
1891 
1892     /*
1893      * Try to read as many characters as there are, until the buffer is full.
1894      */
1895 
1896     // we will get at least one key. Get more if they are available.
1897     g_fCBrkPressed = FALSE;
1898 
1899 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
1900     if (fdDump)
1901 	fputc('[', fdDump);
1902 # endif
1903 
1904     // Keep looping until there is something in the typeahead buffer and more
1905     // to get and still room in the buffer (up to two bytes for a char and
1906     // three bytes for a modifier).
1907     while ((typeaheadlen == 0 || WaitForChar(0L, FALSE))
1908 		         && typeaheadlen + 5 + TYPEAHEADSPACE <= TYPEAHEADLEN)
1909     {
1910 	if (typebuf_changed(tb_change_cnt))
1911 	{
1912 	    // "buf" may be invalid now if a client put something in the
1913 	    // typeahead buffer and "buf" is in the typeahead buffer.
1914 	    typeaheadlen = 0;
1915 	    break;
1916 	}
1917 	if (g_nMouseClick != -1)
1918 	{
1919 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
1920 	    if (fdDump)
1921 		fprintf(fdDump, "{%02x @ %d, %d}",
1922 			g_nMouseClick, g_xMouse, g_yMouse);
1923 # endif
1924 	    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = ESC + 128;
1925 	    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = 'M';
1926 	    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = g_nMouseClick;
1927 	    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = g_xMouse + '!';
1928 	    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = g_yMouse + '!';
1929 	    g_nMouseClick = -1;
1930 	}
1931 	else
1932 	{
1933 	    WCHAR	ch2 = NUL;
1934 	    int		modifiers = 0;
1935 
1936 	    c = tgetch(&modifiers, &ch2);
1937 
1938 	    if (typebuf_changed(tb_change_cnt))
1939 	    {
1940 		// "buf" may be invalid now if a client put something in the
1941 		// typeahead buffer and "buf" is in the typeahead buffer.
1942 		typeaheadlen = 0;
1943 		break;
1944 	    }
1945 
1946 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
1947 	    {
1948 # if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER)
1949 		trash_input_buf();
1950 # endif
1951 		got_int = TRUE;
1952 	    }
1953 
1954 	    if (g_nMouseClick == -1)
1955 	    {
1956 		int	n = 1;
1957 
1958 		if (ch2 == NUL)
1959 		{
1960 		    int	    i, j;
1961 		    char_u  *p;
1962 		    WCHAR   ch[2];
1963 
1964 		    ch[0] = c;
1965 		    if (c >= 0xD800 && c <= 0xDBFF)	// High surrogate
1966 		    {
1967 			ch[1] = tgetch(&modifiers, &ch2);
1968 			n++;
1969 		    }
1970 		    p = utf16_to_enc(ch, &n);
1971 		    if (p != NULL)
1972 		    {
1973 			for (i = 0, j = 0; i < n; i++)
1974 			{
1975 			    typeahead[typeaheadlen + j++] = p[i];
1976 # ifdef VIMDLL
1977 			    if (p[i] == CSI)
1978 			    {
1979 				typeahead[typeaheadlen + j++] = KS_EXTRA;
1980 				typeahead[typeaheadlen + j++] = KE_CSI;
1981 			    }
1982 # endif
1983 			}
1984 			n = j;
1985 			vim_free(p);
1986 		    }
1987 		}
1988 		else
1989 		{
1990 		    typeahead[typeaheadlen] = c;
1991 # ifdef VIMDLL
1992 		    if (c == CSI)
1993 		    {
1994 			typeahead[typeaheadlen + 1] = KS_EXTRA;
1995 			typeahead[typeaheadlen + 2] = KE_CSI;
1996 			n = 3;
1997 		    }
1998 # endif
1999 		}
2000 		if (ch2 != NUL)
2001 		{
2002 		    if (c == K_NUL)
2003 		    {
2004 			switch (ch2)
2005 			{
2006 			case (WCHAR)'\324': // SHIFT+Insert
2007 			case (WCHAR)'\325': // CTRL+Insert
2008 			case (WCHAR)'\327': // SHIFT+Delete
2009 			case (WCHAR)'\330': // CTRL+Delete
2010 			    typeahead[typeaheadlen + n] = (char_u)ch2;
2011 			    n++;
2012 			    break;
2013 
2014 			default:
2015 			    typeahead[typeaheadlen + n] = 3;
2016 			    typeahead[typeaheadlen + n + 1] = (char_u)ch2;
2017 			    n += 2;
2018 			    break;
2019 			}
2020 		    }
2021 		    else
2022 		    {
2023 			typeahead[typeaheadlen + n] = 3;
2024 			typeahead[typeaheadlen + n + 1] = (char_u)ch2;
2025 			n += 2;
2026 		    }
2027 		}
2028 
2029 		// Use the ALT key to set the 8th bit of the character
2030 		// when it's one byte, the 8th bit isn't set yet and not
2031 		// using a double-byte encoding (would become a lead
2032 		// byte).
2033 		if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
2034 			&& n == 1
2035 			&& (typeahead[typeaheadlen] & 0x80) == 0
2036 			&& !enc_dbcs
2037 		   )
2038 		{
2039 		    n = (*mb_char2bytes)(typeahead[typeaheadlen] | 0x80,
2040 						    typeahead + typeaheadlen);
2041 		    modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
2042 		}
2043 
2044 		if (modifiers != 0)
2045 		{
2046 		    // Prepend modifiers to the character.
2047 		    mch_memmove(typeahead + typeaheadlen + 3,
2048 						 typeahead + typeaheadlen, n);
2049 		    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
2050 		    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = (char_u)KS_MODIFIER;
2051 		    typeahead[typeaheadlen++] =  modifiers;
2052 		}
2053 
2054 		typeaheadlen += n;
2055 
2056 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
2057 		if (fdDump)
2058 		    fputc(c, fdDump);
2059 # endif
2060 	    }
2061 	}
2062     }
2063 
2064 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
2065     if (fdDump)
2066     {
2067 	fputs("]\n", fdDump);
2068 	fflush(fdDump);
2069     }
2070 # endif
2071 
2072 theend:
2073     // Move typeahead to "buf", as much as fits.
2074     len = 0;
2075     while (len < maxlen && typeaheadlen > 0)
2076     {
2077 	buf[len++] = typeahead[0];
2078 	mch_memmove(typeahead, typeahead + 1, --typeaheadlen);
2079     }
2080 #  ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
2081     if (len > 0)
2082     {
2083 	buf[len] = NUL;
2084 	ch_log(NULL, "raw key input: \"%s\"", buf);
2085     }
2086 #  endif
2087     return len;
2088 
2089 #else // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
2090     return 0;
2091 #endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
2092 }
2093 
2094 #ifndef PROTO
2095 # ifndef __MINGW32__
2096 #  include <shellapi.h>	// required for FindExecutable()
2097 # endif
2098 #endif
2099 
2100 /*
2101  * Return TRUE if "name" is an executable file, FALSE if not or it doesn't exist.
2102  * When returning TRUE and "path" is not NULL save the path and set "*path" to
2103  * the allocated memory.
2104  * TODO: Should somehow check if it's really executable.
2105  */
2106     static int
2107 executable_file(char *name, char_u **path)
2108 {
2109     if (mch_getperm((char_u *)name) != -1 && !mch_isdir((char_u *)name))
2110     {
2111 	if (path != NULL)
2112 	    *path = FullName_save((char_u *)name, FALSE);
2113 	return TRUE;
2114     }
2115     return FALSE;
2116 }
2117 
2118 /*
2119  * If "use_path" is TRUE: Return TRUE if "name" is in $PATH.
2120  * If "use_path" is FALSE: Return TRUE if "name" exists.
2121  * If "use_pathext" is TRUE search "name" with extensions in $PATHEXT.
2122  * When returning TRUE and "path" is not NULL save the path and set "*path" to
2123  * the allocated memory.
2124  */
2125     static int
2126 executable_exists(char *name, char_u **path, int use_path, int use_pathext)
2127 {
2128     // WinNT and later can use _MAX_PATH wide characters for a pathname, which
2129     // means that the maximum pathname is _MAX_PATH * 3 bytes when 'enc' is
2130     // UTF-8.
2131     char_u	buf[_MAX_PATH * 3];
2132     size_t	len = STRLEN(name);
2133     size_t	tmplen;
2134     char_u	*p, *e, *e2;
2135     char_u	*pathbuf = NULL;
2136     char_u	*pathext = NULL;
2137     char_u	*pathextbuf = NULL;
2138     int		noext = FALSE;
2139     int		retval = FALSE;
2140 
2141     if (len >= sizeof(buf))	// safety check
2142 	return FALSE;
2143 
2144     // Using the name directly when a Unix-shell like 'shell'.
2145     if (strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "powershell") == NULL
2146 				&& strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "sh") != NULL)
2147 	noext = TRUE;
2148 
2149     if (use_pathext)
2150     {
2151 	pathext = mch_getenv("PATHEXT");
2152 	if (pathext == NULL)
2153 	    pathext = (char_u *)".com;.exe;.bat;.cmd";
2154 
2155 	if (noext == FALSE)
2156 	{
2157 	    /*
2158 	     * Loop over all extensions in $PATHEXT.
2159 	     * Check "name" ends with extension.
2160 	     */
2161 	    p = pathext;
2162 	    while (*p)
2163 	    {
2164 		if (p[0] == ';'
2165 			    || (p[0] == '.' && (p[1] == NUL || p[1] == ';')))
2166 		{
2167 		    // Skip empty or single ".".
2168 		    ++p;
2169 		    continue;
2170 		}
2171 		e = vim_strchr(p, ';');
2172 		if (e == NULL)
2173 		    e = p + STRLEN(p);
2174 		tmplen = e - p;
2175 
2176 		if (_strnicoll(name + len - tmplen, (char *)p, tmplen) == 0)
2177 		{
2178 		    noext = TRUE;
2179 		    break;
2180 		}
2181 
2182 		p = e;
2183 	    }
2184 	}
2185     }
2186 
2187     // Prepend single "." to pathext, it's means no extension added.
2188     if (pathext == NULL)
2189 	pathext = (char_u *)".";
2190     else if (noext == TRUE)
2191     {
2192 	if (pathextbuf == NULL)
2193 	    pathextbuf = alloc(STRLEN(pathext) + 3);
2194 	if (pathextbuf == NULL)
2195 	{
2196 	    retval = FALSE;
2197 	    goto theend;
2198 	}
2199 	STRCPY(pathextbuf, ".;");
2200 	STRCAT(pathextbuf, pathext);
2201 	pathext = pathextbuf;
2202     }
2203 
2204     // Use $PATH when "use_path" is TRUE and "name" is basename.
2205     if (use_path && gettail((char_u *)name) == (char_u *)name)
2206     {
2207 	p = mch_getenv("PATH");
2208 	if (p != NULL)
2209 	{
2210 	    pathbuf = alloc(STRLEN(p) + 3);
2211 	    if (pathbuf == NULL)
2212 	    {
2213 		retval = FALSE;
2214 		goto theend;
2215 	    }
2216 	    STRCPY(pathbuf, ".;");
2217 	    STRCAT(pathbuf, p);
2218 	}
2219     }
2220 
2221     /*
2222      * Walk through all entries in $PATH to check if "name" exists there and
2223      * is an executable file.
2224      */
2225     p = (pathbuf != NULL) ? pathbuf : (char_u *)".";
2226     while (*p)
2227     {
2228 	if (*p == ';') // Skip empty entry
2229 	{
2230 	    ++p;
2231 	    continue;
2232 	}
2233 	e = vim_strchr(p, ';');
2234 	if (e == NULL)
2235 	    e = p + STRLEN(p);
2236 
2237 	if (e - p + len + 2 > sizeof(buf))
2238 	{
2239 	    retval = FALSE;
2240 	    goto theend;
2241 	}
2242 	// A single "." that means current dir.
2243 	if (e - p == 1 && *p == '.')
2244 	    STRCPY(buf, name);
2245 	else
2246 	{
2247 	    vim_strncpy(buf, p, e - p);
2248 	    add_pathsep(buf);
2249 	    STRCAT(buf, name);
2250 	}
2251 	tmplen = STRLEN(buf);
2252 
2253 	/*
2254 	 * Loop over all extensions in $PATHEXT.
2255 	 * Check "name" with extension added.
2256 	 */
2257 	p = pathext;
2258 	while (*p)
2259 	{
2260 	    if (*p == ';')
2261 	    {
2262 		// Skip empty entry
2263 		++p;
2264 		continue;
2265 	    }
2266 	    e2 = vim_strchr(p, (int)';');
2267 	    if (e2 == NULL)
2268 		e2 = p + STRLEN(p);
2269 
2270 	    if (!(p[0] == '.' && (p[1] == NUL || p[1] == ';')))
2271 	    {
2272 		// Not a single "." that means no extension is added.
2273 		if (e2 - p + tmplen + 1 > sizeof(buf))
2274 		{
2275 		    retval = FALSE;
2276 		    goto theend;
2277 		}
2278 		vim_strncpy(buf + tmplen, p, e2 - p);
2279 	    }
2280 	    if (executable_file((char *)buf, path))
2281 	    {
2282 		retval = TRUE;
2283 		goto theend;
2284 	    }
2285 
2286 	    p = e2;
2287 	}
2288 
2289 	p = e;
2290     }
2291 
2292 theend:
2293     free(pathextbuf);
2294     free(pathbuf);
2295     return retval;
2296 }
2297 
2298 #if (defined(__MINGW32__) && __MSVCRT_VERSION__ >= 0x800) || \
2299 	(defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400)
2300 /*
2301  * Bad parameter handler.
2302  *
2303  * Certain MS CRT functions will intentionally crash when passed invalid
2304  * parameters to highlight possible security holes.  Setting this function as
2305  * the bad parameter handler will prevent the crash.
2306  *
2307  * In debug builds the parameters contain CRT information that might help track
2308  * down the source of a problem, but in non-debug builds the arguments are all
2309  * NULL/0.  Debug builds will also produce assert dialogs from the CRT, it is
2310  * worth allowing these to make debugging of issues easier.
2311  */
2312     static void
2313 bad_param_handler(const wchar_t *expression,
2314     const wchar_t *function,
2315     const wchar_t *file,
2316     unsigned int line,
2317     uintptr_t pReserved)
2318 {
2319 }
2320 
2321 # define SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER \
2322 	((void)_set_invalid_parameter_handler(bad_param_handler))
2323 #else
2324 # define SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER
2325 #endif
2326 
2327 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
2328 
2329 /*
2330  * GUI version of mch_init().
2331  */
2332     static void
2333 mch_init_g(void)
2334 {
2335 # ifndef __MINGW32__
2336     extern int _fmode;
2337 # endif
2338 
2339     // Silently handle invalid parameters to CRT functions
2340     SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER;
2341 
2342     // Let critical errors result in a failure, not in a dialog box.  Required
2343     // for the timestamp test to work on removed floppies.
2344     SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
2345 
2346     _fmode = O_BINARY;		// we do our own CR-LF translation
2347 
2348     // Specify window size.  Is there a place to get the default from?
2349     Rows = 25;
2350     Columns = 80;
2351 
2352     // Look for 'vimrun'
2353     {
2354 	char_u vimrun_location[_MAX_PATH + 4];
2355 
2356 	// First try in same directory as gvim.exe
2357 	STRCPY(vimrun_location, exe_name);
2358 	STRCPY(gettail(vimrun_location), "vimrun.exe");
2359 	if (mch_getperm(vimrun_location) >= 0)
2360 	{
2361 	    if (*skiptowhite(vimrun_location) != NUL)
2362 	    {
2363 		// Enclose path with white space in double quotes.
2364 		mch_memmove(vimrun_location + 1, vimrun_location,
2365 						 STRLEN(vimrun_location) + 1);
2366 		*vimrun_location = '"';
2367 		STRCPY(gettail(vimrun_location), "vimrun\" ");
2368 	    }
2369 	    else
2370 		STRCPY(gettail(vimrun_location), "vimrun ");
2371 
2372 	    vimrun_path = (char *)vim_strsave(vimrun_location);
2373 	    s_dont_use_vimrun = FALSE;
2374 	}
2375 	else if (executable_exists("vimrun.exe", NULL, TRUE, FALSE))
2376 	    s_dont_use_vimrun = FALSE;
2377 
2378 	// Don't give the warning for a missing vimrun.exe right now, but only
2379 	// when vimrun was supposed to be used.  Don't bother people that do
2380 	// not need vimrun.exe.
2381 	if (s_dont_use_vimrun)
2382 	    need_vimrun_warning = TRUE;
2383     }
2384 
2385     /*
2386      * If "finstr.exe" doesn't exist, use "grep -n" for 'grepprg'.
2387      * Otherwise the default "findstr /n" is used.
2388      */
2389     if (!executable_exists("findstr.exe", NULL, TRUE, FALSE))
2390 	set_option_value((char_u *)"grepprg", 0, (char_u *)"grep -n", 0);
2391 
2392 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
2393     win_clip_init();
2394 # endif
2395 
2396     vtp_flag_init();
2397 }
2398 
2399 
2400 #endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
2401 
2402 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
2403 
2404 # define SRWIDTH(sr) ((sr).Right - (sr).Left + 1)
2405 # define SRHEIGHT(sr) ((sr).Bottom - (sr).Top + 1)
2406 
2407 /*
2408  * ClearConsoleBuffer()
2409  * Description:
2410  *  Clears the entire contents of the console screen buffer, using the
2411  *  specified attribute.
2412  * Returns:
2413  *  TRUE on success
2414  */
2415     static BOOL
2416 ClearConsoleBuffer(WORD wAttribute)
2417 {
2418     CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
2419     COORD coord;
2420     DWORD NumCells, dummy;
2421 
2422     if (!GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi))
2423 	return FALSE;
2424 
2425     NumCells = csbi.dwSize.X * csbi.dwSize.Y;
2426     coord.X = 0;
2427     coord.Y = 0;
2428     if (!FillConsoleOutputCharacter(g_hConOut, ' ', NumCells,
2429 	    coord, &dummy))
2430 	return FALSE;
2431     if (!FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, wAttribute, NumCells,
2432 	    coord, &dummy))
2433 	return FALSE;
2434 
2435     return TRUE;
2436 }
2437 
2438 /*
2439  * FitConsoleWindow()
2440  * Description:
2441  *  Checks if the console window will fit within given buffer dimensions.
2442  *  Also, if requested, will shrink the window to fit.
2443  * Returns:
2444  *  TRUE on success
2445  */
2446     static BOOL
2447 FitConsoleWindow(
2448     COORD dwBufferSize,
2449     BOOL WantAdjust)
2450 {
2451     CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
2452     COORD dwWindowSize;
2453     BOOL NeedAdjust = FALSE;
2454 
2455     if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi))
2456     {
2457 	/*
2458 	 * A buffer resize will fail if the current console window does
2459 	 * not lie completely within that buffer.  To avoid this, we might
2460 	 * have to move and possibly shrink the window.
2461 	 */
2462 	if (csbi.srWindow.Right >= dwBufferSize.X)
2463 	{
2464 	    dwWindowSize.X = SRWIDTH(csbi.srWindow);
2465 	    if (dwWindowSize.X > dwBufferSize.X)
2466 		dwWindowSize.X = dwBufferSize.X;
2467 	    csbi.srWindow.Right = dwBufferSize.X - 1;
2468 	    csbi.srWindow.Left = dwBufferSize.X - dwWindowSize.X;
2469 	    NeedAdjust = TRUE;
2470 	}
2471 	if (csbi.srWindow.Bottom >= dwBufferSize.Y)
2472 	{
2473 	    dwWindowSize.Y = SRHEIGHT(csbi.srWindow);
2474 	    if (dwWindowSize.Y > dwBufferSize.Y)
2475 		dwWindowSize.Y = dwBufferSize.Y;
2476 	    csbi.srWindow.Bottom = dwBufferSize.Y - 1;
2477 	    csbi.srWindow.Top = dwBufferSize.Y - dwWindowSize.Y;
2478 	    NeedAdjust = TRUE;
2479 	}
2480 	if (NeedAdjust && WantAdjust)
2481 	{
2482 	    if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &csbi.srWindow))
2483 		return FALSE;
2484 	}
2485 	return TRUE;
2486     }
2487 
2488     return FALSE;
2489 }
2490 
2491 typedef struct ConsoleBufferStruct
2492 {
2493     BOOL			IsValid;
2494     CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO	Info;
2495     PCHAR_INFO			Buffer;
2496     COORD			BufferSize;
2497     PSMALL_RECT			Regions;
2498     int				NumRegions;
2499 } ConsoleBuffer;
2500 
2501 /*
2502  * SaveConsoleBuffer()
2503  * Description:
2504  *  Saves important information about the console buffer, including the
2505  *  actual buffer contents.  The saved information is suitable for later
2506  *  restoration by RestoreConsoleBuffer().
2507  * Returns:
2508  *  TRUE if all information was saved; FALSE otherwise
2509  *  If FALSE, still sets cb->IsValid if buffer characteristics were saved.
2510  */
2511     static BOOL
2512 SaveConsoleBuffer(
2513     ConsoleBuffer *cb)
2514 {
2515     DWORD NumCells;
2516     COORD BufferCoord;
2517     SMALL_RECT ReadRegion;
2518     WORD Y, Y_incr;
2519     int i, numregions;
2520 
2521     if (cb == NULL)
2522 	return FALSE;
2523 
2524     if (!GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &cb->Info))
2525     {
2526 	cb->IsValid = FALSE;
2527 	return FALSE;
2528     }
2529     cb->IsValid = TRUE;
2530 
2531     /*
2532      * Allocate a buffer large enough to hold the entire console screen
2533      * buffer.  If this ConsoleBuffer structure has already been initialized
2534      * with a buffer of the correct size, then just use that one.
2535      */
2536     if (!cb->IsValid || cb->Buffer == NULL ||
2537 	    cb->BufferSize.X != cb->Info.dwSize.X ||
2538 	    cb->BufferSize.Y != cb->Info.dwSize.Y)
2539     {
2540 	cb->BufferSize.X = cb->Info.dwSize.X;
2541 	cb->BufferSize.Y = cb->Info.dwSize.Y;
2542 	NumCells = cb->BufferSize.X * cb->BufferSize.Y;
2543 	vim_free(cb->Buffer);
2544 	cb->Buffer = ALLOC_MULT(CHAR_INFO, NumCells);
2545 	if (cb->Buffer == NULL)
2546 	    return FALSE;
2547     }
2548 
2549     /*
2550      * We will now copy the console screen buffer into our buffer.
2551      * ReadConsoleOutput() seems to be limited as far as how much you
2552      * can read at a time.  Empirically, this number seems to be about
2553      * 12000 cells (rows * columns).  Start at position (0, 0) and copy
2554      * in chunks until it is all copied.  The chunks will all have the
2555      * same horizontal characteristics, so initialize them now.  The
2556      * height of each chunk will be (12000 / width).
2557      */
2558     BufferCoord.X = 0;
2559     ReadRegion.Left = 0;
2560     ReadRegion.Right = cb->Info.dwSize.X - 1;
2561     Y_incr = 12000 / cb->Info.dwSize.X;
2562 
2563     numregions = (cb->Info.dwSize.Y + Y_incr - 1) / Y_incr;
2564     if (cb->Regions == NULL || numregions != cb->NumRegions)
2565     {
2566 	cb->NumRegions = numregions;
2567 	vim_free(cb->Regions);
2568 	cb->Regions = ALLOC_MULT(SMALL_RECT, cb->NumRegions);
2569 	if (cb->Regions == NULL)
2570 	{
2571 	    VIM_CLEAR(cb->Buffer);
2572 	    return FALSE;
2573 	}
2574     }
2575 
2576     for (i = 0, Y = 0; i < cb->NumRegions; i++, Y += Y_incr)
2577     {
2578 	/*
2579 	 * Read into position (0, Y) in our buffer.
2580 	 */
2581 	BufferCoord.Y = Y;
2582 	/*
2583 	 * Read the region whose top left corner is (0, Y) and whose bottom
2584 	 * right corner is (width - 1, Y + Y_incr - 1).  This should define
2585 	 * a region of size width by Y_incr.  Don't worry if this region is
2586 	 * too large for the remaining buffer; it will be cropped.
2587 	 */
2588 	ReadRegion.Top = Y;
2589 	ReadRegion.Bottom = Y + Y_incr - 1;
2590 	if (!ReadConsoleOutputW(g_hConOut,	// output handle
2591 		cb->Buffer,			// our buffer
2592 		cb->BufferSize,			// dimensions of our buffer
2593 		BufferCoord,			// offset in our buffer
2594 		&ReadRegion))			// region to save
2595 	{
2596 	    VIM_CLEAR(cb->Buffer);
2597 	    VIM_CLEAR(cb->Regions);
2598 	    return FALSE;
2599 	}
2600 	cb->Regions[i] = ReadRegion;
2601     }
2602 
2603     return TRUE;
2604 }
2605 
2606 /*
2607  * RestoreConsoleBuffer()
2608  * Description:
2609  *  Restores important information about the console buffer, including the
2610  *  actual buffer contents, if desired.  The information to restore is in
2611  *  the same format used by SaveConsoleBuffer().
2612  * Returns:
2613  *  TRUE on success
2614  */
2615     static BOOL
2616 RestoreConsoleBuffer(
2617     ConsoleBuffer   *cb,
2618     BOOL	    RestoreScreen)
2619 {
2620     COORD BufferCoord;
2621     SMALL_RECT WriteRegion;
2622     int i;
2623 
2624     if (cb == NULL || !cb->IsValid)
2625 	return FALSE;
2626 
2627     /*
2628      * Before restoring the buffer contents, clear the current buffer, and
2629      * restore the cursor position and window information.  Doing this now
2630      * prevents old buffer contents from "flashing" onto the screen.
2631      */
2632     if (RestoreScreen)
2633 	ClearConsoleBuffer(cb->Info.wAttributes);
2634 
2635     FitConsoleWindow(cb->Info.dwSize, TRUE);
2636     if (!SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(g_hConOut, cb->Info.dwSize))
2637 	return FALSE;
2638     if (!SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, cb->Info.wAttributes))
2639 	return FALSE;
2640 
2641     if (!RestoreScreen)
2642     {
2643 	/*
2644 	 * No need to restore the screen buffer contents, so we're done.
2645 	 */
2646 	return TRUE;
2647     }
2648 
2649     if (!SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, cb->Info.dwCursorPosition))
2650 	return FALSE;
2651     if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &cb->Info.srWindow))
2652 	return FALSE;
2653 
2654     /*
2655      * Restore the screen buffer contents.
2656      */
2657     if (cb->Buffer != NULL)
2658     {
2659 	for (i = 0; i < cb->NumRegions; i++)
2660 	{
2661 	    BufferCoord.X = cb->Regions[i].Left;
2662 	    BufferCoord.Y = cb->Regions[i].Top;
2663 	    WriteRegion = cb->Regions[i];
2664 	    if (!WriteConsoleOutputW(g_hConOut,	// output handle
2665 			cb->Buffer,		// our buffer
2666 			cb->BufferSize,		// dimensions of our buffer
2667 			BufferCoord,		// offset in our buffer
2668 			&WriteRegion))		// region to restore
2669 		return FALSE;
2670 	}
2671     }
2672 
2673     return TRUE;
2674 }
2675 
2676 # define FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN
2677 # ifdef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN
2678 static ConsoleBuffer g_cbOrig = { 0 };
2679 # endif
2680 static ConsoleBuffer g_cbNonTermcap = { 0 };
2681 static ConsoleBuffer g_cbTermcap = { 0 };
2682 
2683 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2684 char g_szOrigTitle[256] = { 0 };
2685 HWND g_hWnd = NULL;	// also used in os_mswin.c
2686 static HICON g_hOrigIconSmall = NULL;
2687 static HICON g_hOrigIcon = NULL;
2688 static HICON g_hVimIcon = NULL;
2689 static BOOL g_fCanChangeIcon = FALSE;
2690 
2691 // ICON* are not defined in VC++ 4.0
2692 #  ifndef ICON_SMALL
2693 #   define ICON_SMALL 0
2694 #  endif
2695 #  ifndef ICON_BIG
2696 #   define ICON_BIG 1
2697 #  endif
2698 /*
2699  * GetConsoleIcon()
2700  * Description:
2701  *  Attempts to retrieve the small icon and/or the big icon currently in
2702  *  use by a given window.
2703  * Returns:
2704  *  TRUE on success
2705  */
2706     static BOOL
2707 GetConsoleIcon(
2708     HWND	hWnd,
2709     HICON	*phIconSmall,
2710     HICON	*phIcon)
2711 {
2712     if (hWnd == NULL)
2713 	return FALSE;
2714 
2715     if (phIconSmall != NULL)
2716 	*phIconSmall = (HICON)SendMessage(hWnd, WM_GETICON,
2717 					       (WPARAM)ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)0);
2718     if (phIcon != NULL)
2719 	*phIcon = (HICON)SendMessage(hWnd, WM_GETICON,
2720 						 (WPARAM)ICON_BIG, (LPARAM)0);
2721     return TRUE;
2722 }
2723 
2724 /*
2725  * SetConsoleIcon()
2726  * Description:
2727  *  Attempts to change the small icon and/or the big icon currently in
2728  *  use by a given window.
2729  * Returns:
2730  *  TRUE on success
2731  */
2732     static BOOL
2733 SetConsoleIcon(
2734     HWND    hWnd,
2735     HICON   hIconSmall,
2736     HICON   hIcon)
2737 {
2738     if (hWnd == NULL)
2739 	return FALSE;
2740 
2741     if (hIconSmall != NULL)
2742 	SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETICON,
2743 			    (WPARAM)ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)hIconSmall);
2744     if (hIcon != NULL)
2745 	SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETICON,
2746 			    (WPARAM)ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) hIcon);
2747     return TRUE;
2748 }
2749 
2750 /*
2751  * SaveConsoleTitleAndIcon()
2752  * Description:
2753  *  Saves the current console window title in g_szOrigTitle, for later
2754  *  restoration.  Also, attempts to obtain a handle to the console window,
2755  *  and use it to save the small and big icons currently in use by the
2756  *  console window.  This is not always possible on some versions of Windows;
2757  *  nor is it possible when running Vim remotely using Telnet (since the
2758  *  console window the user sees is owned by a remote process).
2759  */
2760     static void
2761 SaveConsoleTitleAndIcon(void)
2762 {
2763     // Save the original title.
2764     if (!GetConsoleTitle(g_szOrigTitle, sizeof(g_szOrigTitle)))
2765 	return;
2766 
2767     /*
2768      * Obtain a handle to the console window using GetConsoleWindow() from
2769      * KERNEL32.DLL; we need to handle in order to change the window icon.
2770      * This function only exists on NT-based Windows, starting with Windows
2771      * 2000.  On older operating systems, we can't change the window icon
2772      * anyway.
2773      */
2774     g_hWnd = GetConsoleWindow();
2775     if (g_hWnd == NULL)
2776 	return;
2777 
2778     // Save the original console window icon.
2779     GetConsoleIcon(g_hWnd, &g_hOrigIconSmall, &g_hOrigIcon);
2780     if (g_hOrigIconSmall == NULL || g_hOrigIcon == NULL)
2781 	return;
2782 
2783     // Extract the first icon contained in the Vim executable.
2784     if (mch_icon_load((HANDLE *)&g_hVimIcon) == FAIL || g_hVimIcon == NULL)
2785 	g_hVimIcon = ExtractIcon(NULL, (LPCSTR)exe_name, 0);
2786     if (g_hVimIcon != NULL)
2787 	g_fCanChangeIcon = TRUE;
2788 }
2789 # endif
2790 
2791 static int g_fWindInitCalled = FALSE;
2792 static int g_fTermcapMode = FALSE;
2793 static CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO g_cci;
2794 
2795 /*
2796  * non-GUI version of mch_init().
2797  */
2798     static void
2799 mch_init_c(void)
2800 {
2801 # ifndef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN
2802     CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
2803 # endif
2804 # ifndef __MINGW32__
2805     extern int _fmode;
2806 # endif
2807 
2808     // Silently handle invalid parameters to CRT functions
2809     SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER;
2810 
2811     // Let critical errors result in a failure, not in a dialog box.  Required
2812     // for the timestamp test to work on removed floppies.
2813     SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
2814 
2815     _fmode = O_BINARY;		// we do our own CR-LF translation
2816     out_flush();
2817 
2818     // Obtain handles for the standard Console I/O devices
2819     if (read_cmd_fd == 0)
2820 	g_hConIn =  GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
2821     else
2822 	create_conin();
2823     g_hConOut = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
2824 
2825 # ifdef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN
2826     // Save the initial console buffer for later restoration
2827     SaveConsoleBuffer(&g_cbOrig);
2828     g_attrCurrent = g_attrDefault = g_cbOrig.Info.wAttributes;
2829 # else
2830     // Get current text attributes
2831     GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi);
2832     g_attrCurrent = g_attrDefault = csbi.wAttributes;
2833 # endif
2834     if (cterm_normal_fg_color == 0)
2835 	cterm_normal_fg_color = (g_attrCurrent & 0xf) + 1;
2836     if (cterm_normal_bg_color == 0)
2837 	cterm_normal_bg_color = ((g_attrCurrent >> 4) & 0xf) + 1;
2838 
2839     // Fg and Bg color index number at startup
2840     g_color_index_fg = g_attrDefault & 0xf;
2841     g_color_index_bg = (g_attrDefault >> 4) & 0xf;
2842 
2843     // set termcap codes to current text attributes
2844     update_tcap(g_attrCurrent);
2845 
2846     GetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &g_cci);
2847     GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn,  &g_cmodein);
2848     GetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, &g_cmodeout);
2849 
2850 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2851     SaveConsoleTitleAndIcon();
2852     /*
2853      * Set both the small and big icons of the console window to Vim's icon.
2854      * Note that Vim presently only has one size of icon (32x32), but it
2855      * automatically gets scaled down to 16x16 when setting the small icon.
2856      */
2857     if (g_fCanChangeIcon)
2858 	SetConsoleIcon(g_hWnd, g_hVimIcon, g_hVimIcon);
2859 # endif
2860 
2861     ui_get_shellsize();
2862 
2863 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
2864     fdDump = fopen("dump", "wt");
2865 
2866     if (fdDump)
2867     {
2868 	time_t t;
2869 
2870 	time(&t);
2871 	fputs(ctime(&t), fdDump);
2872 	fflush(fdDump);
2873     }
2874 # endif
2875 
2876     g_fWindInitCalled = TRUE;
2877 
2878     g_fMouseAvail = GetSystemMetrics(SM_MOUSEPRESENT);
2879 
2880 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
2881     win_clip_init();
2882 # endif
2883 
2884     vtp_flag_init();
2885     vtp_init();
2886     wt_init();
2887 }
2888 
2889 /*
2890  * non-GUI version of mch_exit().
2891  * Shut down and exit with status `r'
2892  * Careful: mch_exit() may be called before mch_init()!
2893  */
2894     static void
2895 mch_exit_c(int r)
2896 {
2897     exiting = TRUE;
2898 
2899     vtp_exit();
2900 
2901     stoptermcap();
2902     if (g_fWindInitCalled)
2903 	settmode(TMODE_COOK);
2904 
2905     ml_close_all(TRUE);		// remove all memfiles
2906 
2907     if (g_fWindInitCalled)
2908     {
2909 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2910 	mch_restore_title(SAVE_RESTORE_BOTH);
2911 	/*
2912 	 * Restore both the small and big icons of the console window to
2913 	 * what they were at startup.  Don't do this when the window is
2914 	 * closed, Vim would hang here.
2915 	 */
2916 	if (g_fCanChangeIcon && !g_fForceExit)
2917 	    SetConsoleIcon(g_hWnd, g_hOrigIconSmall, g_hOrigIcon);
2918 # endif
2919 
2920 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
2921 	if (fdDump)
2922 	{
2923 	    time_t t;
2924 
2925 	    time(&t);
2926 	    fputs(ctime(&t), fdDump);
2927 	    fclose(fdDump);
2928 	}
2929 	fdDump = NULL;
2930 # endif
2931     }
2932 
2933     SetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &g_cci);
2934     SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn,  g_cmodein | ENABLE_EXTENDED_FLAGS);
2935     SetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, g_cmodeout);
2936 
2937 # ifdef DYNAMIC_GETTEXT
2938     dyn_libintl_end();
2939 # endif
2940 
2941     exit(r);
2942 }
2943 #endif // !FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
2944 
2945     void
2946 mch_init(void)
2947 {
2948 #ifdef VIMDLL
2949     if (gui.starting)
2950 	mch_init_g();
2951     else
2952 	mch_init_c();
2953 #elif defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN)
2954     mch_init_g();
2955 #else
2956     mch_init_c();
2957 #endif
2958 }
2959 
2960     void
2961 mch_exit(int r)
2962 {
2963 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2964     netbeans_send_disconnect();
2965 #endif
2966 
2967 #ifdef VIMDLL
2968     if (gui.in_use || gui.starting)
2969 	mch_exit_g(r);
2970     else
2971 	mch_exit_c(r);
2972 #elif defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN)
2973     mch_exit_g(r);
2974 #else
2975     mch_exit_c(r);
2976 #endif
2977 }
2978 
2979 /*
2980  * Do we have an interactive window?
2981  */
2982     int
2983 mch_check_win(
2984     int argc UNUSED,
2985     char **argv UNUSED)
2986 {
2987     get_exe_name();
2988 
2989 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) && !defined(VIMDLL)
2990     return OK;	    // GUI always has a tty
2991 #else
2992 # ifdef VIMDLL
2993     if (gui.in_use)
2994 	return OK;
2995 # endif
2996     if (isatty(1))
2997 	return OK;
2998     return FAIL;
2999 #endif
3000 }
3001 
3002 /*
3003  * Set the case of the file name, if it already exists.
3004  * When "len" is > 0, also expand short to long filenames.
3005  */
3006     void
3007 fname_case(
3008     char_u	*name,
3009     int		len)
3010 {
3011     int	    flen;
3012     WCHAR   *p;
3013     WCHAR   buf[_MAX_PATH + 1];
3014 
3015     flen = (int)STRLEN(name);
3016     if (flen == 0)
3017 	return;
3018 
3019     slash_adjust(name);
3020 
3021     p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3022     if (p == NULL)
3023 	return;
3024 
3025     if (GetLongPathNameW(p, buf, _MAX_PATH))
3026     {
3027 	char_u	*q = utf16_to_enc(buf, NULL);
3028 
3029 	if (q != NULL)
3030 	{
3031 	    if (len > 0 || flen >= (int)STRLEN(q))
3032 		vim_strncpy(name, q, (len > 0) ? len - 1 : flen);
3033 	    vim_free(q);
3034 	}
3035     }
3036     vim_free(p);
3037 }
3038 
3039 
3040 /*
3041  * Insert user name in s[len].
3042  */
3043     int
3044 mch_get_user_name(
3045     char_u  *s,
3046     int	    len)
3047 {
3048     WCHAR wszUserName[256 + 1];	// UNLEN is 256
3049     DWORD wcch = ARRAY_LENGTH(wszUserName);
3050 
3051     if (GetUserNameW(wszUserName, &wcch))
3052     {
3053 	char_u  *p = utf16_to_enc(wszUserName, NULL);
3054 
3055 	if (p != NULL)
3056 	{
3057 	    vim_strncpy(s, p, len - 1);
3058 	    vim_free(p);
3059 	    return OK;
3060 	}
3061     }
3062     s[0] = NUL;
3063     return FAIL;
3064 }
3065 
3066 
3067 /*
3068  * Insert host name in s[len].
3069  */
3070     void
3071 mch_get_host_name(
3072     char_u	*s,
3073     int		len)
3074 {
3075     WCHAR wszHostName[256 + 1];
3076     DWORD wcch = ARRAY_LENGTH(wszHostName);
3077 
3078     if (GetComputerNameW(wszHostName, &wcch))
3079     {
3080 	char_u  *p = utf16_to_enc(wszHostName, NULL);
3081 
3082 	if (p != NULL)
3083 	{
3084 	    vim_strncpy(s, p, len - 1);
3085 	    vim_free(p);
3086 	    return;
3087 	}
3088     }
3089 }
3090 
3091 
3092 /*
3093  * return process ID
3094  */
3095     long
3096 mch_get_pid(void)
3097 {
3098     return (long)GetCurrentProcessId();
3099 }
3100 
3101 /*
3102  * return TRUE if process "pid" is still running
3103  */
3104     int
3105 mch_process_running(long pid)
3106 {
3107     HANDLE  hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_QUERY_INFORMATION, 0, (DWORD)pid);
3108     DWORD   status = 0;
3109     int	    ret = FALSE;
3110 
3111     if (hProcess == NULL)
3112 	return FALSE;  // might not have access
3113     if (GetExitCodeProcess(hProcess, &status) )
3114 	ret = status == STILL_ACTIVE;
3115     CloseHandle(hProcess);
3116     return ret;
3117 }
3118 
3119 /*
3120  * Get name of current directory into buffer 'buf' of length 'len' bytes.
3121  * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
3122  */
3123     int
3124 mch_dirname(
3125     char_u	*buf,
3126     int		len)
3127 {
3128     WCHAR   wbuf[_MAX_PATH + 1];
3129 
3130     /*
3131      * Originally this was:
3132      *    return (getcwd(buf, len) != NULL ? OK : FAIL);
3133      * But the Win32s known bug list says that getcwd() doesn't work
3134      * so use the Win32 system call instead. <Negri>
3135      */
3136     if (GetCurrentDirectoryW(_MAX_PATH, wbuf) != 0)
3137     {
3138 	WCHAR   wcbuf[_MAX_PATH + 1];
3139 	char_u  *p = NULL;
3140 
3141 	if (GetLongPathNameW(wbuf, wcbuf, _MAX_PATH) != 0)
3142 	{
3143 	    p = utf16_to_enc(wcbuf, NULL);
3144 	    if (STRLEN(p) >= (size_t)len)
3145 	    {
3146 		// long path name is too long, fall back to short one
3147 		vim_free(p);
3148 		p = NULL;
3149 	    }
3150 	}
3151 	if (p == NULL)
3152 	    p = utf16_to_enc(wbuf, NULL);
3153 
3154 	if (p != NULL)
3155 	{
3156 	    vim_strncpy(buf, p, len - 1);
3157 	    vim_free(p);
3158 	    return OK;
3159 	}
3160     }
3161     return FAIL;
3162 }
3163 
3164 /*
3165  * Get file permissions for "name".
3166  * Return mode_t or -1 for error.
3167  */
3168     long
3169 mch_getperm(char_u *name)
3170 {
3171     stat_T	st;
3172     int		n;
3173 
3174     n = mch_stat((char *)name, &st);
3175     return n == 0 ? (long)(unsigned short)st.st_mode : -1L;
3176 }
3177 
3178 
3179 /*
3180  * Set file permission for "name" to "perm".
3181  *
3182  * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
3183  */
3184     int
3185 mch_setperm(char_u *name, long perm)
3186 {
3187     long	n;
3188     WCHAR	*p;
3189 
3190     p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3191     if (p == NULL)
3192 	return FAIL;
3193 
3194     n = _wchmod(p, perm);
3195     vim_free(p);
3196     if (n == -1)
3197 	return FAIL;
3198 
3199     win32_set_archive(name);
3200 
3201     return OK;
3202 }
3203 
3204 /*
3205  * Set hidden flag for "name".
3206  */
3207     void
3208 mch_hide(char_u *name)
3209 {
3210     int attrs = win32_getattrs(name);
3211     if (attrs == -1)
3212 	return;
3213 
3214     attrs |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
3215     win32_setattrs(name, attrs);
3216 }
3217 
3218 /*
3219  * Return TRUE if file "name" exists and is hidden.
3220  */
3221     int
3222 mch_ishidden(char_u *name)
3223 {
3224     int f = win32_getattrs(name);
3225 
3226     if (f == -1)
3227 	return FALSE;		    // file does not exist at all
3228 
3229     return (f & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN) != 0;
3230 }
3231 
3232 /*
3233  * return TRUE if "name" is a directory
3234  * return FALSE if "name" is not a directory or upon error
3235  */
3236     int
3237 mch_isdir(char_u *name)
3238 {
3239     int f = win32_getattrs(name);
3240 
3241     if (f == -1)
3242 	return FALSE;		    // file does not exist at all
3243 
3244     return (f & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != 0;
3245 }
3246 
3247 /*
3248  * return TRUE if "name" is a directory, NOT a symlink to a directory
3249  * return FALSE if "name" is not a directory
3250  * return FALSE for error
3251  */
3252     int
3253 mch_isrealdir(char_u *name)
3254 {
3255     return mch_isdir(name) && !mch_is_symbolic_link(name);
3256 }
3257 
3258 /*
3259  * Create directory "name".
3260  * Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
3261  */
3262     int
3263 mch_mkdir(char_u *name)
3264 {
3265     WCHAR   *p;
3266     int	    retval;
3267 
3268     p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3269     if (p == NULL)
3270 	return -1;
3271     retval = _wmkdir(p);
3272     vim_free(p);
3273     return retval;
3274 }
3275 
3276 /*
3277  * Delete directory "name".
3278  * Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
3279  */
3280     int
3281 mch_rmdir(char_u *name)
3282 {
3283     WCHAR   *p;
3284     int	    retval;
3285 
3286     p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3287     if (p == NULL)
3288 	return -1;
3289     retval = _wrmdir(p);
3290     vim_free(p);
3291     return retval;
3292 }
3293 
3294 /*
3295  * Return TRUE if file "fname" has more than one link.
3296  */
3297     int
3298 mch_is_hard_link(char_u *fname)
3299 {
3300     BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION info;
3301 
3302     return win32_fileinfo(fname, &info) == FILEINFO_OK
3303 						   && info.nNumberOfLinks > 1;
3304 }
3305 
3306 /*
3307  * Return TRUE if "name" is a symbolic link (or a junction).
3308  */
3309     int
3310 mch_is_symbolic_link(char_u *name)
3311 {
3312     HANDLE		hFind;
3313     int			res = FALSE;
3314     DWORD		fileFlags = 0, reparseTag = 0;
3315     WCHAR		*wn;
3316     WIN32_FIND_DATAW	findDataW;
3317 
3318     wn = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3319     if (wn == NULL)
3320 	return FALSE;
3321 
3322     hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &findDataW);
3323     vim_free(wn);
3324     if (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
3325     {
3326 	fileFlags = findDataW.dwFileAttributes;
3327 	reparseTag = findDataW.dwReserved0;
3328 	FindClose(hFind);
3329     }
3330 
3331     if ((fileFlags & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT)
3332 	    && (reparseTag == IO_REPARSE_TAG_SYMLINK
3333 		|| reparseTag == IO_REPARSE_TAG_MOUNT_POINT))
3334 	res = TRUE;
3335 
3336     return res;
3337 }
3338 
3339 /*
3340  * Return TRUE if file "fname" has more than one link or if it is a symbolic
3341  * link.
3342  */
3343     int
3344 mch_is_linked(char_u *fname)
3345 {
3346     if (mch_is_hard_link(fname) || mch_is_symbolic_link(fname))
3347 	return TRUE;
3348     return FALSE;
3349 }
3350 
3351 /*
3352  * Get the by-handle-file-information for "fname".
3353  * Returns FILEINFO_OK when OK.
3354  * Returns FILEINFO_ENC_FAIL when enc_to_utf16() failed.
3355  * Returns FILEINFO_READ_FAIL when CreateFile() failed.
3356  * Returns FILEINFO_INFO_FAIL when GetFileInformationByHandle() failed.
3357  */
3358     int
3359 win32_fileinfo(char_u *fname, BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION *info)
3360 {
3361     HANDLE	hFile;
3362     int		res = FILEINFO_READ_FAIL;
3363     WCHAR	*wn;
3364 
3365     wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL);
3366     if (wn == NULL)
3367 	return FILEINFO_ENC_FAIL;
3368 
3369     hFile = CreateFileW(wn,	// file name
3370 	    GENERIC_READ,	// access mode
3371 	    FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,	// share mode
3372 	    NULL,		// security descriptor
3373 	    OPEN_EXISTING,	// creation disposition
3374 	    FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS,	// file attributes
3375 	    NULL);		// handle to template file
3376     vim_free(wn);
3377 
3378     if (hFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
3379     {
3380 	if (GetFileInformationByHandle(hFile, info) != 0)
3381 	    res = FILEINFO_OK;
3382 	else
3383 	    res = FILEINFO_INFO_FAIL;
3384 	CloseHandle(hFile);
3385     }
3386 
3387     return res;
3388 }
3389 
3390 /*
3391  * get file attributes for `name'
3392  * -1 : error
3393  * else FILE_ATTRIBUTE_* defined in winnt.h
3394  */
3395     static int
3396 win32_getattrs(char_u *name)
3397 {
3398     int		attr;
3399     WCHAR	*p;
3400 
3401     p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3402     if (p == NULL)
3403 	return INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
3404 
3405     attr = GetFileAttributesW(p);
3406     vim_free(p);
3407 
3408     return attr;
3409 }
3410 
3411 /*
3412  * set file attributes for `name' to `attrs'
3413  *
3414  * return -1 for failure, 0 otherwise
3415  */
3416     static int
3417 win32_setattrs(char_u *name, int attrs)
3418 {
3419     int	    res;
3420     WCHAR   *p;
3421 
3422     p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3423     if (p == NULL)
3424 	return -1;
3425 
3426     res = SetFileAttributesW(p, attrs);
3427     vim_free(p);
3428 
3429     return res ? 0 : -1;
3430 }
3431 
3432 /*
3433  * Set archive flag for "name".
3434  */
3435     static int
3436 win32_set_archive(char_u *name)
3437 {
3438     int attrs = win32_getattrs(name);
3439     if (attrs == -1)
3440 	return -1;
3441 
3442     attrs |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE;
3443     return win32_setattrs(name, attrs);
3444 }
3445 
3446 /*
3447  * Return TRUE if file or directory "name" is writable (not readonly).
3448  * Strange semantics of Win32: a readonly directory is writable, but you can't
3449  * delete a file.  Let's say this means it is writable.
3450  */
3451     int
3452 mch_writable(char_u *name)
3453 {
3454     int attrs = win32_getattrs(name);
3455 
3456     return (attrs != -1 && (!(attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)
3457 			  || (attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)));
3458 }
3459 
3460 /*
3461  * Return TRUE if "name" can be executed, FALSE if not.
3462  * If "use_path" is FALSE only check if "name" is executable.
3463  * When returning TRUE and "path" is not NULL save the path and set "*path" to
3464  * the allocated memory.
3465  */
3466     int
3467 mch_can_exe(char_u *name, char_u **path, int use_path)
3468 {
3469     return executable_exists((char *)name, path, TRUE, TRUE);
3470 }
3471 
3472 /*
3473  * Check what "name" is:
3474  * NODE_NORMAL: file or directory (or doesn't exist)
3475  * NODE_WRITABLE: writable device, socket, fifo, etc.
3476  * NODE_OTHER: non-writable things
3477  */
3478     int
3479 mch_nodetype(char_u *name)
3480 {
3481     HANDLE	hFile;
3482     int		type;
3483     WCHAR	*wn;
3484 
3485     // We can't open a file with a name "\\.\con" or "\\.\prn" and trying to
3486     // read from it later will cause Vim to hang.  Thus return NODE_WRITABLE
3487     // here.
3488     if (STRNCMP(name, "\\\\.\\", 4) == 0)
3489 	return NODE_WRITABLE;
3490 
3491     wn = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
3492     if (wn == NULL)
3493 	return NODE_NORMAL;
3494 
3495     hFile = CreateFileW(wn,	    // file name
3496 	    GENERIC_WRITE,	    // access mode
3497 	    0,			    // share mode
3498 	    NULL,		    // security descriptor
3499 	    OPEN_EXISTING,	    // creation disposition
3500 	    0,			    // file attributes
3501 	    NULL);		    // handle to template file
3502     vim_free(wn);
3503     if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
3504 	return NODE_NORMAL;
3505 
3506     type = GetFileType(hFile);
3507     CloseHandle(hFile);
3508     if (type == FILE_TYPE_CHAR)
3509 	return NODE_WRITABLE;
3510     if (type == FILE_TYPE_DISK)
3511 	return NODE_NORMAL;
3512     return NODE_OTHER;
3513 }
3514 
3515 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
3516 struct my_acl
3517 {
3518     PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR    pSecurityDescriptor;
3519     PSID		    pSidOwner;
3520     PSID		    pSidGroup;
3521     PACL		    pDacl;
3522     PACL		    pSacl;
3523 };
3524 #endif
3525 
3526 /*
3527  * Return a pointer to the ACL of file "fname" in allocated memory.
3528  * Return NULL if the ACL is not available for whatever reason.
3529  */
3530     vim_acl_T
3531 mch_get_acl(char_u *fname)
3532 {
3533 #ifndef HAVE_ACL
3534     return (vim_acl_T)NULL;
3535 #else
3536     struct my_acl   *p = NULL;
3537     DWORD   err;
3538 
3539     p = ALLOC_CLEAR_ONE(struct my_acl);
3540     if (p != NULL)
3541     {
3542 	WCHAR	*wn;
3543 
3544 	wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL);
3545 	if (wn == NULL)
3546 	{
3547 	    vim_free(p);
3548 	    return NULL;
3549 	}
3550 
3551 	// Try to retrieve the entire security descriptor.
3552 	err = GetNamedSecurityInfoW(
3553 		wn,			// Abstract filename
3554 		SE_FILE_OBJECT,		// File Object
3555 		OWNER_SECURITY_INFORMATION |
3556 		GROUP_SECURITY_INFORMATION |
3557 		DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION |
3558 		SACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION,
3559 		&p->pSidOwner,		// Ownership information.
3560 		&p->pSidGroup,		// Group membership.
3561 		&p->pDacl,		// Discretionary information.
3562 		&p->pSacl,		// For auditing purposes.
3563 		&p->pSecurityDescriptor);
3564 	if (err == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED ||
3565 		err == ERROR_PRIVILEGE_NOT_HELD)
3566 	{
3567 	    // Retrieve only DACL.
3568 	    (void)GetNamedSecurityInfoW(
3569 		    wn,
3570 		    SE_FILE_OBJECT,
3571 		    DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION,
3572 		    NULL,
3573 		    NULL,
3574 		    &p->pDacl,
3575 		    NULL,
3576 		    &p->pSecurityDescriptor);
3577 	}
3578 	if (p->pSecurityDescriptor == NULL)
3579 	{
3580 	    mch_free_acl((vim_acl_T)p);
3581 	    p = NULL;
3582 	}
3583 	vim_free(wn);
3584     }
3585 
3586     return (vim_acl_T)p;
3587 #endif
3588 }
3589 
3590 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
3591 /*
3592  * Check if "acl" contains inherited ACE.
3593  */
3594     static BOOL
3595 is_acl_inherited(PACL acl)
3596 {
3597     DWORD   i;
3598     ACL_SIZE_INFORMATION    acl_info;
3599     PACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE	    ace;
3600 
3601     acl_info.AceCount = 0;
3602     GetAclInformation(acl, &acl_info, sizeof(acl_info), AclSizeInformation);
3603     for (i = 0; i < acl_info.AceCount; i++)
3604     {
3605 	GetAce(acl, i, (LPVOID *)&ace);
3606 	if (ace->Header.AceFlags & INHERITED_ACE)
3607 	    return TRUE;
3608     }
3609     return FALSE;
3610 }
3611 #endif
3612 
3613 /*
3614  * Set the ACL of file "fname" to "acl" (unless it's NULL).
3615  * Errors are ignored.
3616  * This must only be called with "acl" equal to what mch_get_acl() returned.
3617  */
3618     void
3619 mch_set_acl(char_u *fname, vim_acl_T acl)
3620 {
3621 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
3622     struct my_acl   *p = (struct my_acl *)acl;
3623     SECURITY_INFORMATION    sec_info = 0;
3624     WCHAR	    *wn;
3625 
3626     if (p == NULL)
3627 	return;
3628 
3629     wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL);
3630     if (wn == NULL)
3631 	return;
3632 
3633     // Set security flags
3634     if (p->pSidOwner)
3635 	sec_info |= OWNER_SECURITY_INFORMATION;
3636     if (p->pSidGroup)
3637 	sec_info |= GROUP_SECURITY_INFORMATION;
3638     if (p->pDacl)
3639     {
3640 	sec_info |= DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION;
3641 	// Do not inherit its parent's DACL.
3642 	// If the DACL is inherited, Cygwin permissions would be changed.
3643 	if (!is_acl_inherited(p->pDacl))
3644 	    sec_info |= PROTECTED_DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION;
3645     }
3646     if (p->pSacl)
3647 	sec_info |= SACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION;
3648 
3649     (void)SetNamedSecurityInfoW(
3650 	    wn,			// Abstract filename
3651 	    SE_FILE_OBJECT,	// File Object
3652 	    sec_info,
3653 	    p->pSidOwner,	// Ownership information.
3654 	    p->pSidGroup,	// Group membership.
3655 	    p->pDacl,		// Discretionary information.
3656 	    p->pSacl		// For auditing purposes.
3657 	    );
3658     vim_free(wn);
3659 #endif
3660 }
3661 
3662     void
3663 mch_free_acl(vim_acl_T acl)
3664 {
3665 #ifdef HAVE_ACL
3666     struct my_acl   *p = (struct my_acl *)acl;
3667 
3668     if (p != NULL)
3669     {
3670 	LocalFree(p->pSecurityDescriptor);	// Free the memory just in case
3671 	vim_free(p);
3672     }
3673 #endif
3674 }
3675 
3676 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
3677 
3678 /*
3679  * handler for ctrl-break, ctrl-c interrupts, and fatal events.
3680  */
3681     static BOOL WINAPI
3682 handler_routine(
3683     DWORD dwCtrlType)
3684 {
3685     INPUT_RECORD ir;
3686     DWORD out;
3687 
3688     switch (dwCtrlType)
3689     {
3690     case CTRL_C_EVENT:
3691 	if (ctrl_c_interrupts)
3692 	    g_fCtrlCPressed = TRUE;
3693 	return TRUE;
3694 
3695     case CTRL_BREAK_EVENT:
3696 	g_fCBrkPressed	= TRUE;
3697 	ctrl_break_was_pressed = TRUE;
3698 	// ReadConsoleInput is blocking, send a key event to continue.
3699 	ir.EventType = KEY_EVENT;
3700 	ir.Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown = TRUE;
3701 	ir.Event.KeyEvent.wRepeatCount = 1;
3702 	ir.Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualKeyCode = VK_CANCEL;
3703 	ir.Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualScanCode = 0;
3704 	ir.Event.KeyEvent.dwControlKeyState = 0;
3705 	ir.Event.KeyEvent.uChar.UnicodeChar = 0;
3706 	WriteConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &out);
3707 	return TRUE;
3708 
3709     // fatal events: shut down gracefully
3710     case CTRL_CLOSE_EVENT:
3711     case CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT:
3712     case CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT:
3713 	windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
3714 	g_fForceExit = TRUE;
3715 
3716 	vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Vim: Caught %s event\n"),
3717 		(dwCtrlType == CTRL_CLOSE_EVENT
3718 		     ? _("close")
3719 		     : dwCtrlType == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT
3720 			 ? _("logoff")
3721 			 : _("shutdown")));
3722 # ifdef DEBUG
3723 	OutputDebugString(IObuff);
3724 # endif
3725 
3726 	preserve_exit();	// output IObuff, preserve files and exit
3727 
3728 	return TRUE;		// not reached
3729 
3730     default:
3731 	return FALSE;
3732     }
3733 }
3734 
3735 
3736 /*
3737  * set the tty in (raw) ? "raw" : "cooked" mode
3738  */
3739     void
3740 mch_settmode(tmode_T tmode)
3741 {
3742     DWORD cmodein;
3743     DWORD cmodeout;
3744     BOOL bEnableHandler;
3745 
3746 # ifdef VIMDLL
3747     if (gui.in_use)
3748 	return;
3749 # endif
3750     GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein);
3751     GetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, &cmodeout);
3752     if (tmode == TMODE_RAW)
3753     {
3754 	cmodein &= ~(ENABLE_LINE_INPUT | ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT |
3755 		     ENABLE_ECHO_INPUT);
3756 	if (g_fMouseActive)
3757 	{
3758 	    cmodein |= ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT;
3759 	    cmodein &= ~ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE;
3760 	}
3761 	else
3762 	{
3763 	    cmodein |= g_cmodein & ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE;
3764 	}
3765 	cmodeout &= ~(
3766 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
3767 	    // Do not turn off the ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT flag when using
3768 	    // VTP.
3769 	    ((vtp_working) ? 0 : ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT) |
3770 # else
3771 	    ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT |
3772 # endif
3773 	    ENABLE_WRAP_AT_EOL_OUTPUT);
3774 	bEnableHandler = TRUE;
3775     }
3776     else // cooked
3777     {
3778 	cmodein |= (ENABLE_LINE_INPUT | ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT |
3779 		    ENABLE_ECHO_INPUT);
3780 	cmodeout |= (ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT | ENABLE_WRAP_AT_EOL_OUTPUT);
3781 	bEnableHandler = FALSE;
3782     }
3783     SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein | ENABLE_EXTENDED_FLAGS);
3784     SetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, cmodeout);
3785     SetConsoleCtrlHandler(handler_routine, bEnableHandler);
3786 
3787 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
3788     if (fdDump)
3789     {
3790 	fprintf(fdDump, "mch_settmode(%s, in = %x, out = %x)\n",
3791 		tmode == TMODE_RAW ? "raw" :
3792 				    tmode == TMODE_COOK ? "cooked" : "normal",
3793 		cmodein, cmodeout);
3794 	fflush(fdDump);
3795     }
3796 # endif
3797 }
3798 
3799 
3800 /*
3801  * Get the size of the current window in `Rows' and `Columns'
3802  * Return OK when size could be determined, FAIL otherwise.
3803  */
3804     int
3805 mch_get_shellsize(void)
3806 {
3807     CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
3808 
3809 # ifdef VIMDLL
3810     if (gui.in_use)
3811 	return OK;
3812 # endif
3813     if (!g_fTermcapMode && g_cbTermcap.IsValid)
3814     {
3815 	/*
3816 	 * For some reason, we are trying to get the screen dimensions
3817 	 * even though we are not in termcap mode.  The 'Rows' and 'Columns'
3818 	 * variables are really intended to mean the size of Vim screen
3819 	 * while in termcap mode.
3820 	 */
3821 	Rows = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.Y;
3822 	Columns = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.X;
3823     }
3824     else if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi))
3825     {
3826 	Rows = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1;
3827 	Columns = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1;
3828     }
3829     else
3830     {
3831 	Rows = 25;
3832 	Columns = 80;
3833     }
3834     return OK;
3835 }
3836 
3837 /*
3838  * Resize console buffer to 'COORD'
3839  */
3840     static void
3841 ResizeConBuf(
3842     HANDLE  hConsole,
3843     COORD   coordScreen)
3844 {
3845     if (!SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(hConsole, coordScreen))
3846     {
3847 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
3848 	if (fdDump)
3849 	{
3850 	    fprintf(fdDump, "SetConsoleScreenBufferSize failed: %lx\n",
3851 		    GetLastError());
3852 	    fflush(fdDump);
3853 	}
3854 # endif
3855     }
3856 }
3857 
3858 /*
3859  * Resize console window size to 'srWindowRect'
3860  */
3861     static void
3862 ResizeWindow(
3863     HANDLE     hConsole,
3864     SMALL_RECT srWindowRect)
3865 {
3866     if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(hConsole, TRUE, &srWindowRect))
3867     {
3868 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
3869 	if (fdDump)
3870 	{
3871 	    fprintf(fdDump, "SetConsoleWindowInfo failed: %lx\n",
3872 		    GetLastError());
3873 	    fflush(fdDump);
3874 	}
3875 # endif
3876     }
3877 }
3878 
3879 /*
3880  * Set a console window to `xSize' * `ySize'
3881  */
3882     static void
3883 ResizeConBufAndWindow(
3884     HANDLE  hConsole,
3885     int	    xSize,
3886     int	    ySize)
3887 {
3888     CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;	// hold current console buffer info
3889     SMALL_RECT	    srWindowRect;	// hold the new console size
3890     COORD	    coordScreen;
3891     COORD	    cursor;
3892     static int	    resized = FALSE;
3893 
3894 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
3895     if (fdDump)
3896     {
3897 	fprintf(fdDump, "ResizeConBufAndWindow(%d, %d)\n", xSize, ySize);
3898 	fflush(fdDump);
3899     }
3900 # endif
3901 
3902     // get the largest size we can size the console window to
3903     coordScreen = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(hConsole);
3904 
3905     // define the new console window size and scroll position
3906     srWindowRect.Left = srWindowRect.Top = (SHORT) 0;
3907     srWindowRect.Right =  (SHORT) (min(xSize, coordScreen.X) - 1);
3908     srWindowRect.Bottom = (SHORT) (min(ySize, coordScreen.Y) - 1);
3909 
3910     if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi))
3911     {
3912 	int sx, sy;
3913 
3914 	sx = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1;
3915 	sy = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1;
3916 	if (sy < ySize || sx < xSize)
3917 	{
3918 	    /*
3919 	     * Increasing number of lines/columns, do buffer first.
3920 	     * Use the maximal size in x and y direction.
3921 	     */
3922 	    if (sy < ySize)
3923 		coordScreen.Y = ySize;
3924 	    else
3925 		coordScreen.Y = sy;
3926 	    if (sx < xSize)
3927 		coordScreen.X = xSize;
3928 	    else
3929 		coordScreen.X = sx;
3930 	    SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(hConsole, coordScreen);
3931 	}
3932     }
3933 
3934     // define the new console buffer size
3935     coordScreen.X = xSize;
3936     coordScreen.Y = ySize;
3937 
3938     // In the new console call API, only the first time in reverse order
3939     if (!vtp_working || resized)
3940     {
3941 	ResizeWindow(hConsole, srWindowRect);
3942 	ResizeConBuf(hConsole, coordScreen);
3943     }
3944     else
3945     {
3946 	// Workaround for a Windows 10 bug
3947 	cursor.X = srWindowRect.Left;
3948 	cursor.Y = srWindowRect.Top;
3949 	SetConsoleCursorPosition(hConsole, cursor);
3950 
3951 	ResizeConBuf(hConsole, coordScreen);
3952 	ResizeWindow(hConsole, srWindowRect);
3953 	resized = TRUE;
3954     }
3955 }
3956 
3957 
3958 /*
3959  * Set the console window to `Rows' * `Columns'
3960  */
3961     void
3962 mch_set_shellsize(void)
3963 {
3964     COORD coordScreen;
3965 
3966 # ifdef VIMDLL
3967     if (gui.in_use)
3968 	return;
3969 # endif
3970     // Don't change window size while still starting up
3971     if (suppress_winsize != 0)
3972     {
3973 	suppress_winsize = 2;
3974 	return;
3975     }
3976 
3977     if (term_console)
3978     {
3979 	coordScreen = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(g_hConOut);
3980 
3981 	// Clamp Rows and Columns to reasonable values
3982 	if (Rows > coordScreen.Y)
3983 	    Rows = coordScreen.Y;
3984 	if (Columns > coordScreen.X)
3985 	    Columns = coordScreen.X;
3986 
3987 	ResizeConBufAndWindow(g_hConOut, Columns, Rows);
3988     }
3989 }
3990 
3991 /*
3992  * Rows and/or Columns has changed.
3993  */
3994     void
3995 mch_new_shellsize(void)
3996 {
3997 # ifdef VIMDLL
3998     if (gui.in_use)
3999 	return;
4000 # endif
4001     set_scroll_region(0, 0, Columns - 1, Rows - 1);
4002 }
4003 
4004 
4005 /*
4006  * Called when started up, to set the winsize that was delayed.
4007  */
4008     void
4009 mch_set_winsize_now(void)
4010 {
4011     if (suppress_winsize == 2)
4012     {
4013 	suppress_winsize = 0;
4014 	mch_set_shellsize();
4015 	shell_resized();
4016     }
4017     suppress_winsize = 0;
4018 }
4019 #endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
4020 
4021     static BOOL
4022 vim_create_process(
4023     char		*cmd,
4024     BOOL		inherit_handles,
4025     DWORD		flags,
4026     STARTUPINFO		*si,
4027     PROCESS_INFORMATION *pi,
4028     LPVOID		*env,
4029     char		*cwd)
4030 {
4031     BOOL	ret = FALSE;
4032     WCHAR	*wcmd, *wcwd = NULL;
4033 
4034     wcmd = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)cmd, NULL);
4035     if (wcmd == NULL)
4036 	return FALSE;
4037     if (cwd != NULL)
4038     {
4039 	wcwd = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)cwd, NULL);
4040 	if (wcwd == NULL)
4041 	    goto theend;
4042     }
4043 
4044     ret = CreateProcessW(
4045 	    NULL,		// Executable name
4046 	    wcmd,		// Command to execute
4047 	    NULL,		// Process security attributes
4048 	    NULL,		// Thread security attributes
4049 	    inherit_handles,	// Inherit handles
4050 	    flags,		// Creation flags
4051 	    env,		// Environment
4052 	    wcwd,		// Current directory
4053 	    (LPSTARTUPINFOW)si,	// Startup information
4054 	    pi);		// Process information
4055 theend:
4056     vim_free(wcmd);
4057     vim_free(wcwd);
4058     return ret;
4059 }
4060 
4061 
4062     static HINSTANCE
4063 vim_shell_execute(
4064     char *cmd,
4065     INT	 n_show_cmd)
4066 {
4067     HINSTANCE	ret;
4068     WCHAR	*wcmd;
4069 
4070     wcmd = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)cmd, NULL);
4071     if (wcmd == NULL)
4072 	return (HINSTANCE) 0;
4073 
4074     ret = ShellExecuteW(NULL, NULL, wcmd, NULL, NULL, n_show_cmd);
4075     vim_free(wcmd);
4076     return ret;
4077 }
4078 
4079 
4080 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(PROTO)
4081 
4082 /*
4083  * Specialised version of system() for Win32 GUI mode.
4084  * This version proceeds as follows:
4085  *    1. Create a console window for use by the subprocess
4086  *    2. Run the subprocess (it gets the allocated console by default)
4087  *    3. Wait for the subprocess to terminate and get its exit code
4088  *    4. Prompt the user to press a key to close the console window
4089  */
4090     static int
4091 mch_system_classic(char *cmd, int options)
4092 {
4093     STARTUPINFO		si;
4094     PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
4095     DWORD		ret = 0;
4096     HWND		hwnd = GetFocus();
4097 
4098     si.cb = sizeof(si);
4099     si.lpReserved = NULL;
4100     si.lpDesktop = NULL;
4101     si.lpTitle = NULL;
4102     si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW;
4103     /*
4104      * It's nicer to run a filter command in a minimized window.
4105      * Don't activate the window to keep focus on Vim.
4106      */
4107     if (options & SHELL_DOOUT)
4108 	si.wShowWindow = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE;
4109     else
4110 	si.wShowWindow = SW_SHOWNORMAL;
4111     si.cbReserved2 = 0;
4112     si.lpReserved2 = NULL;
4113 
4114     // Now, run the command
4115     vim_create_process(cmd, FALSE,
4116 	    CREATE_DEFAULT_ERROR_MODE |	CREATE_NEW_CONSOLE,
4117 	    &si, &pi, NULL, NULL);
4118 
4119     // Wait for the command to terminate before continuing
4120     {
4121 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
4122 	int	    delay = 1;
4123 
4124 	// Keep updating the window while waiting for the shell to finish.
4125 	for (;;)
4126 	{
4127 	    MSG	msg;
4128 
4129 	    if (pPeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)NULL, 0, 0, PM_REMOVE))
4130 	    {
4131 		TranslateMessage(&msg);
4132 		pDispatchMessage(&msg);
4133 		delay = 1;
4134 		continue;
4135 	    }
4136 	    if (WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, delay) != WAIT_TIMEOUT)
4137 		break;
4138 
4139 	    // We start waiting for a very short time and then increase it, so
4140 	    // that we respond quickly when the process is quick, and don't
4141 	    // consume too much overhead when it's slow.
4142 	    if (delay < 50)
4143 		delay += 10;
4144 	}
4145 # else
4146 	WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
4147 # endif
4148 
4149 	// Get the command exit code
4150 	GetExitCodeProcess(pi.hProcess, &ret);
4151     }
4152 
4153     // Close the handles to the subprocess, so that it goes away
4154     CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
4155     CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
4156 
4157     // Try to get input focus back.  Doesn't always work though.
4158     PostMessage(hwnd, WM_SETFOCUS, 0, 0);
4159 
4160     return ret;
4161 }
4162 
4163 /*
4164  * Thread launched by the gui to send the current buffer data to the
4165  * process. This way avoid to hang up vim totally if the children
4166  * process take a long time to process the lines.
4167  */
4168     static unsigned int __stdcall
4169 sub_process_writer(LPVOID param)
4170 {
4171     HANDLE	    g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = param;
4172     linenr_T	    lnum = curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4173     DWORD	    len = 0;
4174     DWORD	    l;
4175     char_u	    *lp = ml_get(lnum);
4176     char_u	    *s;
4177     int		    written = 0;
4178 
4179     for (;;)
4180     {
4181 	l = (DWORD)STRLEN(lp + written);
4182 	if (l == 0)
4183 	    len = 0;
4184 	else if (lp[written] == NL)
4185 	{
4186 	    // NL -> NUL translation
4187 	    WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, "", 1, &len, NULL);
4188 	}
4189 	else
4190 	{
4191 	    s = vim_strchr(lp + written, NL);
4192 	    WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, (char *)lp + written,
4193 		      s == NULL ? l : (DWORD)(s - (lp + written)),
4194 		      &len, NULL);
4195 	}
4196 	if (len == (int)l)
4197 	{
4198 	    // Finished a line, add a NL, unless this line should not have
4199 	    // one.
4200 	    if (lnum != curbuf->b_op_end.lnum
4201 		|| (!curbuf->b_p_bin
4202 		    && curbuf->b_p_fixeol)
4203 		|| (lnum != curbuf->b_no_eol_lnum
4204 		    && (lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
4205 			|| curbuf->b_p_eol)))
4206 	    {
4207 		WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, "\n", 1,
4208 						  (LPDWORD)&vim_ignored, NULL);
4209 	    }
4210 
4211 	    ++lnum;
4212 	    if (lnum > curbuf->b_op_end.lnum)
4213 		break;
4214 
4215 	    lp = ml_get(lnum);
4216 	    written = 0;
4217 	}
4218 	else if (len > 0)
4219 	    written += len;
4220     }
4221 
4222     // finished all the lines, close pipe
4223     CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr);
4224     return 0;
4225 }
4226 
4227 
4228 # define BUFLEN 100	// length for buffer, stolen from unix version
4229 
4230 /*
4231  * This function read from the children's stdout and write the
4232  * data on screen or in the buffer accordingly.
4233  */
4234     static void
4235 dump_pipe(int	    options,
4236 	  HANDLE    g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd,
4237 	  garray_T  *ga,
4238 	  char_u    buffer[],
4239 	  DWORD	    *buffer_off)
4240 {
4241     DWORD	availableBytes = 0;
4242     DWORD	i;
4243     int		ret;
4244     DWORD	len;
4245     DWORD	toRead;
4246     int		repeatCount;
4247 
4248     // we query the pipe to see if there is any data to read
4249     // to avoid to perform a blocking read
4250     ret = PeekNamedPipe(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, // pipe to query
4251 			NULL,		    // optional buffer
4252 			0,		    // buffer size
4253 			NULL,		    // number of read bytes
4254 			&availableBytes,    // available bytes total
4255 			NULL);		    // byteLeft
4256 
4257     repeatCount = 0;
4258     // We got real data in the pipe, read it
4259     while (ret != 0 && availableBytes > 0)
4260     {
4261 	repeatCount++;
4262 	toRead = (DWORD)(BUFLEN - *buffer_off);
4263 	toRead = availableBytes < toRead ? availableBytes : toRead;
4264 	ReadFile(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, buffer + *buffer_off, toRead , &len, NULL);
4265 
4266 	// If we haven't read anything, there is a problem
4267 	if (len == 0)
4268 	    break;
4269 
4270 	availableBytes -= len;
4271 
4272 	if (options & SHELL_READ)
4273 	{
4274 	    // Do NUL -> NL translation, append NL separated
4275 	    // lines to the current buffer.
4276 	    for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
4277 	    {
4278 		if (buffer[i] == NL)
4279 		    append_ga_line(ga);
4280 		else if (buffer[i] == NUL)
4281 		    ga_append(ga, NL);
4282 		else
4283 		    ga_append(ga, buffer[i]);
4284 	    }
4285 	}
4286 	else if (has_mbyte)
4287 	{
4288 	    int		l;
4289 	    int		c;
4290 	    char_u	*p;
4291 
4292 	    len += *buffer_off;
4293 	    buffer[len] = NUL;
4294 
4295 	    // Check if the last character in buffer[] is
4296 	    // incomplete, keep these bytes for the next
4297 	    // round.
4298 	    for (p = buffer; p < buffer + len; p += l)
4299 	    {
4300 		l = MB_CPTR2LEN(p);
4301 		if (l == 0)
4302 		    l = 1;  // NUL byte?
4303 		else if (MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) != l)
4304 		    break;
4305 	    }
4306 	    if (p == buffer)	// no complete character
4307 	    {
4308 		// avoid getting stuck at an illegal byte
4309 		if (len >= 12)
4310 		    ++p;
4311 		else
4312 		{
4313 		    *buffer_off = len;
4314 		    return;
4315 		}
4316 	    }
4317 	    c = *p;
4318 	    *p = NUL;
4319 	    msg_puts((char *)buffer);
4320 	    if (p < buffer + len)
4321 	    {
4322 		*p = c;
4323 		*buffer_off = (DWORD)((buffer + len) - p);
4324 		mch_memmove(buffer, p, *buffer_off);
4325 		return;
4326 	    }
4327 	    *buffer_off = 0;
4328 	}
4329 	else
4330 	{
4331 	    buffer[len] = NUL;
4332 	    msg_puts((char *)buffer);
4333 	}
4334 
4335 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
4336 	cursor_on();
4337 	out_flush();
4338     }
4339 }
4340 
4341 /*
4342  * Version of system to use for windows NT > 5.0 (Win2K), use pipe
4343  * for communication and doesn't open any new window.
4344  */
4345     static int
4346 mch_system_piped(char *cmd, int options)
4347 {
4348     STARTUPINFO		si;
4349     PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
4350     DWORD		ret = 0;
4351 
4352     HANDLE g_hChildStd_IN_Rd = NULL;
4353     HANDLE g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = NULL;
4354     HANDLE g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd = NULL;
4355     HANDLE g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr = NULL;
4356 
4357     char_u	buffer[BUFLEN + 1]; // reading buffer + size
4358     DWORD	len;
4359 
4360     // buffer used to receive keys
4361     char_u	ta_buf[BUFLEN + 1];	// TypeAHead
4362     int		ta_len = 0;		// valid bytes in ta_buf[]
4363 
4364     DWORD	i;
4365     int		noread_cnt = 0;
4366     garray_T	ga;
4367     int		delay = 1;
4368     DWORD	buffer_off = 0;	// valid bytes in buffer[]
4369     char	*p = NULL;
4370 
4371     SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES saAttr;
4372 
4373     // Set the bInheritHandle flag so pipe handles are inherited.
4374     saAttr.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
4375     saAttr.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
4376     saAttr.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
4377 
4378     if ( ! CreatePipe(&g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, &g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr, &saAttr, 0)
4379 	// Ensure the read handle to the pipe for STDOUT is not inherited.
4380        || ! SetHandleInformation(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0)
4381 	// Create a pipe for the child process's STDIN.
4382        || ! CreatePipe(&g_hChildStd_IN_Rd, &g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, &saAttr, 0)
4383 	// Ensure the write handle to the pipe for STDIN is not inherited.
4384        || ! SetHandleInformation(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0) )
4385     {
4386 	CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Rd);
4387 	CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr);
4388 	CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd);
4389 	CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr);
4390 	msg_puts(_("\nCannot create pipes\n"));
4391     }
4392 
4393     si.cb = sizeof(si);
4394     si.lpReserved = NULL;
4395     si.lpDesktop = NULL;
4396     si.lpTitle = NULL;
4397     si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW | STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
4398 
4399     // set-up our file redirection
4400     si.hStdError = g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr;
4401     si.hStdOutput = g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr;
4402     si.hStdInput = g_hChildStd_IN_Rd;
4403     si.wShowWindow = SW_HIDE;
4404     si.cbReserved2 = 0;
4405     si.lpReserved2 = NULL;
4406 
4407     if (options & SHELL_READ)
4408 	ga_init2(&ga, 1, BUFLEN);
4409 
4410     if (cmd != NULL)
4411     {
4412 	p = (char *)vim_strsave((char_u *)cmd);
4413 	if (p != NULL)
4414 	    unescape_shellxquote((char_u *)p, p_sxe);
4415 	else
4416 	    p = cmd;
4417     }
4418 
4419     // Now, run the command.
4420     // About "Inherit handles" being TRUE: this command can be litigious,
4421     // handle inheritance was deactivated for pending temp file, but, if we
4422     // deactivate it, the pipes don't work for some reason.
4423      vim_create_process(p, TRUE, CREATE_DEFAULT_ERROR_MODE,
4424 	     &si, &pi, NULL, NULL);
4425 
4426     if (p != cmd)
4427 	vim_free(p);
4428 
4429     // Close our unused side of the pipes
4430     CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Rd);
4431     CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr);
4432 
4433     if (options & SHELL_WRITE)
4434     {
4435 	HANDLE thread = (HANDLE)
4436 	 _beginthreadex(NULL,  // security attributes
4437 			0,     // default stack size
4438 			sub_process_writer, // function to be executed
4439 			g_hChildStd_IN_Wr,  // parameter
4440 			0,		 // creation flag, start immediately
4441 			NULL);		    // we don't care about thread id
4442 	CloseHandle(thread);
4443 	g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = NULL;
4444     }
4445 
4446     // Keep updating the window while waiting for the shell to finish.
4447     for (;;)
4448     {
4449 	MSG	msg;
4450 
4451 	if (pPeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)NULL, 0, 0, PM_REMOVE))
4452 	{
4453 	    TranslateMessage(&msg);
4454 	    pDispatchMessage(&msg);
4455 	}
4456 
4457 	// write pipe information in the window
4458 	if ((options & (SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE))
4459 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
4460 		|| gui.in_use
4461 # endif
4462 	    )
4463 	{
4464 	    len = 0;
4465 	    if (!(options & SHELL_EXPAND)
4466 		&& ((options &
4467 			(SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE|SHELL_COOKED))
4468 		    != (SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE|SHELL_COOKED)
4469 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
4470 		    || gui.in_use
4471 # endif
4472 		    )
4473 		&& (ta_len > 0 || noread_cnt > 4))
4474 	    {
4475 		if (ta_len == 0)
4476 		{
4477 		    // Get extra characters when we don't have any.  Reset the
4478 		    // counter and timer.
4479 		    noread_cnt = 0;
4480 		    len = ui_inchar(ta_buf, BUFLEN, 10L, 0);
4481 		}
4482 		if (ta_len > 0 || len > 0)
4483 		{
4484 		    /*
4485 		     * For pipes: Check for CTRL-C: send interrupt signal to
4486 		     * child.  Check for CTRL-D: EOF, close pipe to child.
4487 		     */
4488 		    if (len == 1 && cmd != NULL)
4489 		    {
4490 			if (ta_buf[ta_len] == Ctrl_C)
4491 			{
4492 			    // Learn what exit code is expected, for
4493 			// now put 9 as SIGKILL
4494 			    TerminateProcess(pi.hProcess, 9);
4495 			}
4496 			if (ta_buf[ta_len] == Ctrl_D)
4497 			{
4498 			    CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr);
4499 			    g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = NULL;
4500 			}
4501 		    }
4502 
4503 		    term_replace_bs_del_keycode(ta_buf, ta_len, len);
4504 
4505 		    /*
4506 		     * For pipes: echo the typed characters.  For a pty this
4507 		     * does not seem to work.
4508 		     */
4509 		    for (i = ta_len; i < ta_len + len; ++i)
4510 		    {
4511 			if (ta_buf[i] == '\n' || ta_buf[i] == '\b')
4512 			    msg_putchar(ta_buf[i]);
4513 			else if (has_mbyte)
4514 			{
4515 			    int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ta_buf + i);
4516 
4517 			    msg_outtrans_len(ta_buf + i, l);
4518 			    i += l - 1;
4519 			}
4520 			else
4521 			    msg_outtrans_len(ta_buf + i, 1);
4522 		    }
4523 		    windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
4524 		    out_flush();
4525 
4526 		    ta_len += len;
4527 
4528 		    /*
4529 		     * Write the characters to the child, unless EOF has been
4530 		     * typed for pipes.  Write one character at a time, to
4531 		     * avoid losing too much typeahead.  When writing buffer
4532 		     * lines, drop the typed characters (only check for
4533 		     * CTRL-C).
4534 		     */
4535 		    if (options & SHELL_WRITE)
4536 			ta_len = 0;
4537 		    else if (g_hChildStd_IN_Wr != NULL)
4538 		    {
4539 			WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, (char*)ta_buf,
4540 				    1, &len, NULL);
4541 			// if we are typing in, we want to keep things reactive
4542 			delay = 1;
4543 			if (len > 0)
4544 			{
4545 			    ta_len -= len;
4546 			    mch_memmove(ta_buf, ta_buf + len, ta_len);
4547 			}
4548 		    }
4549 		}
4550 	    }
4551 	}
4552 
4553 	if (ta_len)
4554 	    ui_inchar_undo(ta_buf, ta_len);
4555 
4556 	if (WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, delay) != WAIT_TIMEOUT)
4557 	{
4558 	    dump_pipe(options, g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, &ga, buffer, &buffer_off);
4559 	    break;
4560 	}
4561 
4562 	++noread_cnt;
4563 	dump_pipe(options, g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, &ga, buffer, &buffer_off);
4564 
4565 	// We start waiting for a very short time and then increase it, so
4566 	// that we respond quickly when the process is quick, and don't
4567 	// consume too much overhead when it's slow.
4568 	if (delay < 50)
4569 	    delay += 10;
4570     }
4571 
4572     // Close the pipe
4573     CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd);
4574     if (g_hChildStd_IN_Wr != NULL)
4575 	CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr);
4576 
4577     WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
4578 
4579     // Get the command exit code
4580     GetExitCodeProcess(pi.hProcess, &ret);
4581 
4582     if (options & SHELL_READ)
4583     {
4584 	if (ga.ga_len > 0)
4585 	{
4586 	    append_ga_line(&ga);
4587 	    // remember that the NL was missing
4588 	    curbuf->b_no_eol_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4589 	}
4590 	else
4591 	    curbuf->b_no_eol_lnum = 0;
4592 	ga_clear(&ga);
4593     }
4594 
4595     // Close the handles to the subprocess, so that it goes away
4596     CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
4597     CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
4598 
4599     return ret;
4600 }
4601 
4602     static int
4603 mch_system_g(char *cmd, int options)
4604 {
4605     // if we can pipe and the shelltemp option is off
4606     if (!p_stmp)
4607 	return mch_system_piped(cmd, options);
4608     else
4609 	return mch_system_classic(cmd, options);
4610 }
4611 #endif
4612 
4613 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
4614     static int
4615 mch_system_c(char *cmd, int options UNUSED)
4616 {
4617     int		ret;
4618     WCHAR	*wcmd;
4619     char_u	*buf;
4620     size_t	len;
4621 
4622     // If the command starts and ends with double quotes, enclose the command
4623     // in parentheses.
4624     len = STRLEN(cmd);
4625     if (len >= 2 && cmd[0] == '"' && cmd[len - 1] == '"')
4626     {
4627 	len += 3;
4628 	buf = alloc(len);
4629 	if (buf == NULL)
4630 	    return -1;
4631 	vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", cmd);
4632 	wcmd = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
4633 	free(buf);
4634     }
4635     else
4636 	wcmd = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)cmd, NULL);
4637 
4638     if (wcmd == NULL)
4639 	return -1;
4640 
4641     ret = _wsystem(wcmd);
4642     vim_free(wcmd);
4643     return ret;
4644 }
4645 
4646 #endif
4647 
4648     static int
4649 mch_system(char *cmd, int options)
4650 {
4651 #ifdef VIMDLL
4652     if (gui.in_use || gui.starting)
4653 	return mch_system_g(cmd, options);
4654     else
4655 	return mch_system_c(cmd, options);
4656 #elif defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN)
4657     return mch_system_g(cmd, options);
4658 #else
4659     return mch_system_c(cmd, options);
4660 #endif
4661 }
4662 
4663 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_TERMINAL)
4664 /*
4665  * Use a terminal window to run a shell command in.
4666  */
4667     static int
4668 mch_call_shell_terminal(
4669     char_u	*cmd,
4670     int		options UNUSED)	// SHELL_*, see vim.h
4671 {
4672     jobopt_T	opt;
4673     char_u	*newcmd = NULL;
4674     typval_T	argvar[2];
4675     long_u	cmdlen;
4676     int		retval = -1;
4677     buf_T	*buf;
4678     job_T	*job;
4679     aco_save_T	aco;
4680     oparg_T	oa;		// operator arguments
4681 
4682     if (cmd == NULL)
4683 	cmdlen = STRLEN(p_sh) + 1;
4684     else
4685 	cmdlen = STRLEN(p_sh) + STRLEN(p_shcf) + STRLEN(cmd) + 10;
4686     newcmd = alloc(cmdlen);
4687     if (newcmd == NULL)
4688 	return 255;
4689     if (cmd == NULL)
4690     {
4691 	STRCPY(newcmd, p_sh);
4692 	ch_log(NULL, "starting terminal to run a shell");
4693     }
4694     else
4695     {
4696 	vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s %s %s", p_sh, p_shcf, cmd);
4697 	ch_log(NULL, "starting terminal for system command '%s'", cmd);
4698     }
4699 
4700     init_job_options(&opt);
4701 
4702     argvar[0].v_type = VAR_STRING;
4703     argvar[0].vval.v_string = newcmd;
4704     argvar[1].v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;
4705     buf = term_start(argvar, NULL, &opt, TERM_START_SYSTEM);
4706     if (buf == NULL)
4707     {
4708 	vim_free(newcmd);
4709 	return 255;
4710     }
4711 
4712     job = term_getjob(buf->b_term);
4713     ++job->jv_refcount;
4714 
4715     // Find a window to make "buf" curbuf.
4716     aucmd_prepbuf(&aco, buf);
4717 
4718     clear_oparg(&oa);
4719     while (term_use_loop())
4720     {
4721 	if (oa.op_type == OP_NOP && oa.regname == NUL && !VIsual_active)
4722 	{
4723 	    // If terminal_loop() returns OK we got a key that is handled
4724 	    // in Normal model. We don't do redrawing anyway.
4725 	    if (terminal_loop(TRUE) == OK)
4726 		normal_cmd(&oa, TRUE);
4727 	}
4728 	else
4729 	    normal_cmd(&oa, TRUE);
4730     }
4731     retval = job->jv_exitval;
4732     ch_log(NULL, "system command finished");
4733 
4734     job_unref(job);
4735 
4736     // restore curwin/curbuf and a few other things
4737     aucmd_restbuf(&aco);
4738 
4739     wait_return(TRUE);
4740     do_buffer(DOBUF_WIPE, DOBUF_FIRST, FORWARD, buf->b_fnum, TRUE);
4741 
4742     vim_free(newcmd);
4743     return retval;
4744 }
4745 #endif
4746 
4747 /*
4748  * Either execute a command by calling the shell or start a new shell
4749  */
4750     int
4751 mch_call_shell(
4752     char_u  *cmd,
4753     int	    options)	// SHELL_*, see vim.h
4754 {
4755     int		x = 0;
4756     int		tmode = cur_tmode;
4757 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
4758     WCHAR	szShellTitle[512];
4759 
4760     // Change the title to reflect that we are in a subshell.
4761     if (GetConsoleTitleW(szShellTitle, ARRAY_LENGTH(szShellTitle) - 4) > 0)
4762     {
4763 	if (cmd == NULL)
4764 	    wcscat(szShellTitle, L" :sh");
4765 	else
4766 	{
4767 	    WCHAR *wn = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)cmd, NULL);
4768 
4769 	    if (wn != NULL)
4770 	    {
4771 		wcscat(szShellTitle, L" - !");
4772 		if ((wcslen(szShellTitle) + wcslen(wn) <
4773 			    ARRAY_LENGTH(szShellTitle)))
4774 		    wcscat(szShellTitle, wn);
4775 		SetConsoleTitleW(szShellTitle);
4776 		vim_free(wn);
4777 	    }
4778 	}
4779     }
4780 #endif
4781 
4782     out_flush();
4783 
4784 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
4785     if (fdDump)
4786     {
4787 	fprintf(fdDump, "mch_call_shell(\"%s\", %d)\n", cmd, options);
4788 	fflush(fdDump);
4789     }
4790 #endif
4791 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_TERMINAL)
4792     // TODO: make the terminal window work with input or output redirected.
4793     if (
4794 # ifdef VIMDLL
4795 	    gui.in_use &&
4796 # endif
4797 	    vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TERMINAL) != NULL
4798 	 && (options & (SHELL_FILTER|SHELL_DOOUT|SHELL_WRITE|SHELL_READ)) == 0)
4799     {
4800 	char_u	*cmdbase = cmd;
4801 
4802 	if (cmdbase != NULL)
4803 	    // Skip a leading quote and (.
4804 	    while (*cmdbase == '"' || *cmdbase == '(')
4805 		++cmdbase;
4806 
4807 	// Check the command does not begin with "start "
4808 	if (cmdbase == NULL || STRNICMP(cmdbase, "start", 5) != 0
4809 						   || !VIM_ISWHITE(cmdbase[5]))
4810 	{
4811 	    // Use a terminal window to run the command in.
4812 	    x = mch_call_shell_terminal(cmd, options);
4813 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
4814 	    resettitle();
4815 # endif
4816 	    return x;
4817 	}
4818     }
4819 #endif
4820 
4821     /*
4822      * Catch all deadly signals while running the external command, because a
4823      * CTRL-C, Ctrl-Break or illegal instruction  might otherwise kill us.
4824      */
4825     signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
4826 #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
4827     signal(SIGKILL, SIG_IGN);
4828 #else
4829     signal(SIGBREAK, SIG_IGN);
4830 #endif
4831     signal(SIGILL, SIG_IGN);
4832     signal(SIGFPE, SIG_IGN);
4833     signal(SIGSEGV, SIG_IGN);
4834     signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN);
4835     signal(SIGABRT, SIG_IGN);
4836 
4837     if (options & SHELL_COOKED)
4838 	settmode(TMODE_COOK);	// set to normal mode
4839 
4840     if (cmd == NULL)
4841     {
4842 	x = mch_system((char *)p_sh, options);
4843     }
4844     else
4845     {
4846 	// we use "command" or "cmd" to start the shell; slow but easy
4847 	char_u	*newcmd = NULL;
4848 	char_u	*cmdbase = cmd;
4849 	long_u	cmdlen;
4850 
4851 	// Skip a leading ", ( and "(.
4852 	if (*cmdbase == '"' )
4853 	    ++cmdbase;
4854 	if (*cmdbase == '(')
4855 	    ++cmdbase;
4856 
4857 	if ((STRNICMP(cmdbase, "start", 5) == 0) && VIM_ISWHITE(cmdbase[5]))
4858 	{
4859 	    STARTUPINFO		si;
4860 	    PROCESS_INFORMATION	pi;
4861 	    DWORD		flags = CREATE_NEW_CONSOLE;
4862 	    INT			n_show_cmd = SW_SHOWNORMAL;
4863 	    char_u		*p;
4864 
4865 	    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(si));
4866 	    si.cb = sizeof(si);
4867 	    si.lpReserved = NULL;
4868 	    si.lpDesktop = NULL;
4869 	    si.lpTitle = NULL;
4870 	    si.dwFlags = 0;
4871 	    si.cbReserved2 = 0;
4872 	    si.lpReserved2 = NULL;
4873 
4874 	    cmdbase = skipwhite(cmdbase + 5);
4875 	    if ((STRNICMP(cmdbase, "/min", 4) == 0)
4876 		    && VIM_ISWHITE(cmdbase[4]))
4877 	    {
4878 		cmdbase = skipwhite(cmdbase + 4);
4879 		si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW;
4880 		si.wShowWindow = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE;
4881 		n_show_cmd = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE;
4882 	    }
4883 	    else if ((STRNICMP(cmdbase, "/b", 2) == 0)
4884 		    && VIM_ISWHITE(cmdbase[2]))
4885 	    {
4886 		cmdbase = skipwhite(cmdbase + 2);
4887 		flags = CREATE_NO_WINDOW;
4888 		si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
4889 		si.hStdInput = CreateFile("\\\\.\\NUL",	// File name
4890 		    GENERIC_READ,			// Access flags
4891 		    0,					// Share flags
4892 		    NULL,				// Security att.
4893 		    OPEN_EXISTING,			// Open flags
4894 		    FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,		// File att.
4895 		    NULL);				// Temp file
4896 		si.hStdOutput = si.hStdInput;
4897 		si.hStdError = si.hStdInput;
4898 	    }
4899 
4900 	    // Remove a trailing ", ) and )" if they have a match
4901 	    // at the start of the command.
4902 	    if (cmdbase > cmd)
4903 	    {
4904 		p = cmdbase + STRLEN(cmdbase);
4905 		if (p > cmdbase && p[-1] == '"' && *cmd == '"')
4906 		    *--p = NUL;
4907 		if (p > cmdbase && p[-1] == ')'
4908 			&& (*cmd =='(' || cmd[1] == '('))
4909 		    *--p = NUL;
4910 	    }
4911 
4912 	    newcmd = cmdbase;
4913 	    unescape_shellxquote(cmdbase, p_sxe);
4914 
4915 	    /*
4916 	     * If creating new console, arguments are passed to the
4917 	     * 'cmd.exe' as-is. If it's not, arguments are not treated
4918 	     * correctly for current 'cmd.exe'. So unescape characters in
4919 	     * shellxescape except '|' for avoiding to be treated as
4920 	     * argument to them. Pass the arguments to sub-shell.
4921 	     */
4922 	    if (flags != CREATE_NEW_CONSOLE)
4923 	    {
4924 		char_u	*subcmd;
4925 		char_u	*cmd_shell = mch_getenv("COMSPEC");
4926 
4927 		if (cmd_shell == NULL || *cmd_shell == NUL)
4928 		    cmd_shell = (char_u *)default_shell();
4929 
4930 		subcmd = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(cmdbase,
4931 			(char_u *)"|", '^', FALSE);
4932 		if (subcmd != NULL)
4933 		{
4934 		    // make "cmd.exe /c arguments"
4935 		    cmdlen = STRLEN(cmd_shell) + STRLEN(subcmd) + 5;
4936 		    newcmd = alloc(cmdlen);
4937 		    if (newcmd != NULL)
4938 			vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s /c %s",
4939 						       cmd_shell, subcmd);
4940 		    else
4941 			newcmd = cmdbase;
4942 		    vim_free(subcmd);
4943 		}
4944 	    }
4945 
4946 	    /*
4947 	     * Now, start the command as a process, so that it doesn't
4948 	     * inherit our handles which causes unpleasant dangling swap
4949 	     * files if we exit before the spawned process
4950 	     */
4951 	    if (vim_create_process((char *)newcmd, FALSE, flags,
4952 			&si, &pi, NULL, NULL))
4953 		x = 0;
4954 	    else if (vim_shell_execute((char *)newcmd, n_show_cmd)
4955 							       > (HINSTANCE)32)
4956 		x = 0;
4957 	    else
4958 	    {
4959 		x = -1;
4960 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
4961 # ifdef VIMDLL
4962 		if (gui.in_use)
4963 # endif
4964 		    emsg(_("E371: Command not found"));
4965 #endif
4966 	    }
4967 
4968 	    if (newcmd != cmdbase)
4969 		vim_free(newcmd);
4970 
4971 	    if (si.dwFlags == STARTF_USESTDHANDLES && si.hStdInput != NULL)
4972 	    {
4973 		// Close the handle to \\.\NUL created above.
4974 		CloseHandle(si.hStdInput);
4975 	    }
4976 	    // Close the handles to the subprocess, so that it goes away
4977 	    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
4978 	    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
4979 	}
4980 	else
4981 	{
4982 	    cmdlen =
4983 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
4984 		((gui.in_use || gui.starting) ?
4985 		    (!s_dont_use_vimrun && p_stmp ?
4986 			STRLEN(vimrun_path) : STRLEN(p_sh) + STRLEN(p_shcf))
4987 		    : 0) +
4988 #endif
4989 		STRLEN(p_sh) + STRLEN(p_shcf) + STRLEN(cmd) + 10;
4990 
4991 	    newcmd = alloc(cmdlen);
4992 	    if (newcmd != NULL)
4993 	    {
4994 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN)
4995 		if (
4996 # ifdef VIMDLL
4997 		    (gui.in_use || gui.starting) &&
4998 # endif
4999 		    need_vimrun_warning)
5000 		{
5001 		    char *msg = _("VIMRUN.EXE not found in your $PATH.\n"
5002 			"External commands will not pause after completion.\n"
5003 			"See  :help win32-vimrun  for more information.");
5004 		    char *title = _("Vim Warning");
5005 		    WCHAR *wmsg = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)msg, NULL);
5006 		    WCHAR *wtitle = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)title, NULL);
5007 
5008 		    if (wmsg != NULL && wtitle != NULL)
5009 			MessageBoxW(NULL, wmsg, wtitle, MB_ICONWARNING);
5010 		    vim_free(wmsg);
5011 		    vim_free(wtitle);
5012 		    need_vimrun_warning = FALSE;
5013 		}
5014 		if (
5015 # ifdef VIMDLL
5016 		    (gui.in_use || gui.starting) &&
5017 # endif
5018 		    !s_dont_use_vimrun && p_stmp)
5019 		    // Use vimrun to execute the command.  It opens a console
5020 		    // window, which can be closed without killing Vim.
5021 		    vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s%s%s %s %s",
5022 			    vimrun_path,
5023 			    (msg_silent != 0 || (options & SHELL_DOOUT))
5024 								 ? "-s " : "",
5025 			    p_sh, p_shcf, cmd);
5026 		else if (
5027 # ifdef VIMDLL
5028 			(gui.in_use || gui.starting) &&
5029 # endif
5030 			s_dont_use_vimrun && STRCMP(p_shcf, "/c") == 0)
5031 		    // workaround for the case that "vimrun" does not exist
5032 		    vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s %s %s %s %s",
5033 					   p_sh, p_shcf, p_sh, p_shcf, cmd);
5034 		else
5035 #endif
5036 		    vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s %s %s",
5037 							   p_sh, p_shcf, cmd);
5038 		x = mch_system((char *)newcmd, options);
5039 		vim_free(newcmd);
5040 	    }
5041 	}
5042     }
5043 
5044     if (tmode == TMODE_RAW)
5045     {
5046 	// The shell may have messed with the mode, always set it.
5047 	cur_tmode = TMODE_UNKNOWN;
5048 	settmode(TMODE_RAW);	// set to raw mode
5049     }
5050 
5051     // Print the return value, unless "vimrun" was used.
5052     if (x != 0 && !(options & SHELL_SILENT) && !emsg_silent
5053 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN)
5054 	    && ((gui.in_use || gui.starting) ?
5055 		((options & SHELL_DOOUT) || s_dont_use_vimrun || !p_stmp) : 1)
5056 #endif
5057 	    )
5058     {
5059 	smsg(_("shell returned %d"), x);
5060 	msg_putchar('\n');
5061     }
5062 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
5063     resettitle();
5064 #endif
5065 
5066     signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL);
5067 #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
5068     signal(SIGKILL, SIG_DFL);
5069 #else
5070     signal(SIGBREAK, SIG_DFL);
5071 #endif
5072     signal(SIGILL, SIG_DFL);
5073     signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL);
5074     signal(SIGSEGV, SIG_DFL);
5075     signal(SIGTERM, SIG_DFL);
5076     signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL);
5077 
5078     return x;
5079 }
5080 
5081 #if defined(FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL) || defined(PROTO)
5082     static HANDLE
5083 job_io_file_open(
5084 	char_u *fname,
5085 	DWORD dwDesiredAccess,
5086 	DWORD dwShareMode,
5087 	LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpSecurityAttributes,
5088 	DWORD dwCreationDisposition,
5089 	DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes)
5090 {
5091     HANDLE h;
5092     WCHAR *wn;
5093 
5094     wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL);
5095     if (wn == NULL)
5096 	return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5097 
5098     h = CreateFileW(wn, dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode,
5099 	    lpSecurityAttributes, dwCreationDisposition,
5100 	    dwFlagsAndAttributes, NULL);
5101     vim_free(wn);
5102     return h;
5103 }
5104 
5105 /*
5106  * Turn the dictionary "env" into a NUL separated list that can be used as the
5107  * environment argument of vim_create_process().
5108  */
5109     void
5110 win32_build_env(dict_T *env, garray_T *gap, int is_terminal)
5111 {
5112     hashitem_T	*hi;
5113     long_u	todo = env != NULL ? env->dv_hashtab.ht_used : 0;
5114     LPVOID	base = GetEnvironmentStringsW();
5115 
5116     // for last \0
5117     if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
5118 	return;
5119 
5120     if (env != NULL)
5121     {
5122 	for (hi = env->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
5123 	{
5124 	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
5125 	    {
5126 		typval_T *item = &dict_lookup(hi)->di_tv;
5127 		WCHAR   *wkey = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)hi->hi_key, NULL);
5128 		WCHAR   *wval = enc_to_utf16(tv_get_string(item), NULL);
5129 		--todo;
5130 		if (wkey != NULL && wval != NULL)
5131 		{
5132 		    size_t	n;
5133 		    size_t	lkey = wcslen(wkey);
5134 		    size_t	lval = wcslen(wval);
5135 
5136 		    if (ga_grow(gap, (int)(lkey + lval + 2)) != OK)
5137 			continue;
5138 		    for (n = 0; n < lkey; n++)
5139 			*((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = wkey[n];
5140 		    *((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = L'=';
5141 		    for (n = 0; n < lval; n++)
5142 			*((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = wval[n];
5143 		    *((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = L'\0';
5144 		}
5145 		vim_free(wkey);
5146 		vim_free(wval);
5147 	    }
5148 	}
5149     }
5150 
5151     if (base)
5152     {
5153 	WCHAR	*p = (WCHAR*) base;
5154 
5155 	// for last \0
5156 	if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
5157 	    return;
5158 
5159 	while (*p != 0 || *(p + 1) != 0)
5160 	{
5161 	    if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
5162 		*((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = *p;
5163 	    p++;
5164 	}
5165 	FreeEnvironmentStrings(base);
5166 	*((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = L'\0';
5167     }
5168 
5169 # if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(FEAT_TERMINAL)
5170     {
5171 #  ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
5172 	char_u	*servername = get_vim_var_str(VV_SEND_SERVER);
5173 	size_t	servername_len = STRLEN(servername);
5174 #  endif
5175 #  ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
5176 	char_u	*version = get_vim_var_str(VV_VERSION);
5177 	size_t	version_len = STRLEN(version);
5178 #  endif
5179 	// size of "VIM_SERVERNAME=" and value,
5180 	// plus "VIM_TERMINAL=" and value,
5181 	// plus two terminating NULs
5182 	size_t	n = 0
5183 #  ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
5184 		    + 15 + servername_len
5185 #  endif
5186 #  ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
5187 		    + 13 + version_len + 2
5188 #  endif
5189 		    ;
5190 
5191 	if (ga_grow(gap, (int)n) == OK)
5192 	{
5193 #  ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
5194 	    for (n = 0; n < 15; n++)
5195 		*((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) =
5196 		    (WCHAR)"VIM_SERVERNAME="[n];
5197 	    for (n = 0; n < servername_len; n++)
5198 		*((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) =
5199 		    (WCHAR)servername[n];
5200 	    *((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = L'\0';
5201 #  endif
5202 #  ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
5203 	    if (is_terminal)
5204 	    {
5205 		for (n = 0; n < 13; n++)
5206 		    *((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) =
5207 			(WCHAR)"VIM_TERMINAL="[n];
5208 		for (n = 0; n < version_len; n++)
5209 		    *((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) =
5210 			(WCHAR)version[n];
5211 		*((WCHAR*)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len++) = L'\0';
5212 	    }
5213 #  endif
5214 	}
5215     }
5216 # endif
5217 }
5218 
5219 /*
5220  * Create a pair of pipes.
5221  * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure.
5222  */
5223     static BOOL
5224 create_pipe_pair(HANDLE handles[2])
5225 {
5226     static LONG		s;
5227     char		name[64];
5228     SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
5229 
5230     sprintf(name, "\\\\?\\pipe\\vim-%08lx-%08lx",
5231 	    GetCurrentProcessId(),
5232 	    InterlockedIncrement(&s));
5233 
5234     // Create named pipe. Max size of named pipe is 65535.
5235     handles[1] = CreateNamedPipe(
5236 	    name,
5237 	    PIPE_ACCESS_OUTBOUND | FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED,
5238 	    PIPE_TYPE_BYTE | PIPE_NOWAIT,
5239 	    1, MAX_NAMED_PIPE_SIZE, 0, 0, NULL);
5240 
5241     if (handles[1] == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
5242 	return FALSE;
5243 
5244     sa.nLength = sizeof(sa);
5245     sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
5246     sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
5247 
5248     handles[0] = CreateFile(name,
5249 	    FILE_GENERIC_READ,
5250 	    FILE_SHARE_READ, &sa,
5251 	    OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, 0);
5252 
5253     if (handles[0] == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
5254     {
5255 	CloseHandle(handles[1]);
5256 	return FALSE;
5257     }
5258 
5259     return TRUE;
5260 }
5261 
5262     void
5263 mch_job_start(char *cmd, job_T *job, jobopt_T *options)
5264 {
5265     STARTUPINFO		si;
5266     PROCESS_INFORMATION	pi;
5267     HANDLE		jo;
5268     SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES saAttr;
5269     channel_T		*channel = NULL;
5270     HANDLE		ifd[2];
5271     HANDLE		ofd[2];
5272     HANDLE		efd[2];
5273     garray_T		ga;
5274 
5275     int		use_null_for_in = options->jo_io[PART_IN] == JIO_NULL;
5276     int		use_null_for_out = options->jo_io[PART_OUT] == JIO_NULL;
5277     int		use_null_for_err = options->jo_io[PART_ERR] == JIO_NULL;
5278     int		use_file_for_in = options->jo_io[PART_IN] == JIO_FILE;
5279     int		use_file_for_out = options->jo_io[PART_OUT] == JIO_FILE;
5280     int		use_file_for_err = options->jo_io[PART_ERR] == JIO_FILE;
5281     int		use_out_for_err = options->jo_io[PART_ERR] == JIO_OUT;
5282 
5283     if (use_out_for_err && use_null_for_out)
5284 	use_null_for_err = TRUE;
5285 
5286     ifd[0] = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5287     ifd[1] = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5288     ofd[0] = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5289     ofd[1] = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5290     efd[0] = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5291     efd[1] = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5292     ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(wchar_t), 500);
5293 
5294     jo = CreateJobObject(NULL, NULL);
5295     if (jo == NULL)
5296     {
5297 	job->jv_status = JOB_FAILED;
5298 	goto failed;
5299     }
5300 
5301     if (options->jo_env != NULL)
5302 	win32_build_env(options->jo_env, &ga, FALSE);
5303 
5304     ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(pi));
5305     ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(si));
5306     si.cb = sizeof(si);
5307     si.dwFlags |= STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW;
5308     si.wShowWindow = SW_HIDE;
5309 
5310     saAttr.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
5311     saAttr.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
5312     saAttr.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
5313 
5314     if (use_file_for_in)
5315     {
5316 	char_u *fname = options->jo_io_name[PART_IN];
5317 
5318 	ifd[0] = job_io_file_open(fname, GENERIC_READ,
5319 		FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
5320 		&saAttr, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL);
5321 	if (ifd[0] == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
5322 	{
5323 	    semsg(_(e_notopen), fname);
5324 	    goto failed;
5325 	}
5326     }
5327     else if (!use_null_for_in
5328 	    && (!create_pipe_pair(ifd)
5329 		|| !SetHandleInformation(ifd[1], HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0)))
5330 	goto failed;
5331 
5332     if (use_file_for_out)
5333     {
5334 	char_u *fname = options->jo_io_name[PART_OUT];
5335 
5336 	ofd[1] = job_io_file_open(fname, GENERIC_WRITE,
5337 		FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
5338 		&saAttr, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL);
5339 	if (ofd[1] == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
5340 	{
5341 	    semsg(_(e_notopen), fname);
5342 	    goto failed;
5343 	}
5344     }
5345     else if (!use_null_for_out &&
5346 	    (!CreatePipe(&ofd[0], &ofd[1], &saAttr, 0)
5347 	    || !SetHandleInformation(ofd[0], HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0)))
5348 	goto failed;
5349 
5350     if (use_file_for_err)
5351     {
5352 	char_u *fname = options->jo_io_name[PART_ERR];
5353 
5354 	efd[1] = job_io_file_open(fname, GENERIC_WRITE,
5355 		FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
5356 		&saAttr, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL);
5357 	if (efd[1] == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
5358 	{
5359 	    semsg(_(e_notopen), fname);
5360 	    goto failed;
5361 	}
5362     }
5363     else if (!use_out_for_err && !use_null_for_err &&
5364 	    (!CreatePipe(&efd[0], &efd[1], &saAttr, 0)
5365 	    || !SetHandleInformation(efd[0], HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0)))
5366 	goto failed;
5367 
5368     si.dwFlags |= STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
5369     si.hStdInput = ifd[0];
5370     si.hStdOutput = ofd[1];
5371     si.hStdError = use_out_for_err ? ofd[1] : efd[1];
5372 
5373     if (!use_null_for_in || !use_null_for_out || !use_null_for_err)
5374     {
5375 	if (options->jo_set & JO_CHANNEL)
5376 	{
5377 	    channel = options->jo_channel;
5378 	    if (channel != NULL)
5379 		++channel->ch_refcount;
5380 	}
5381 	else
5382 	    channel = add_channel();
5383 	if (channel == NULL)
5384 	    goto failed;
5385     }
5386 
5387     if (!vim_create_process(cmd, TRUE,
5388 	    CREATE_SUSPENDED |
5389 	    CREATE_DEFAULT_ERROR_MODE |
5390 	    CREATE_NEW_PROCESS_GROUP |
5391 	    CREATE_UNICODE_ENVIRONMENT |
5392 	    CREATE_NEW_CONSOLE,
5393 	    &si, &pi,
5394 	    ga.ga_data,
5395 	    (char *)options->jo_cwd))
5396     {
5397 	CloseHandle(jo);
5398 	job->jv_status = JOB_FAILED;
5399 	goto failed;
5400     }
5401 
5402     ga_clear(&ga);
5403 
5404     if (!AssignProcessToJobObject(jo, pi.hProcess))
5405     {
5406 	// if failing, switch the way to terminate
5407 	// process with TerminateProcess.
5408 	CloseHandle(jo);
5409 	jo = NULL;
5410     }
5411     ResumeThread(pi.hThread);
5412     CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
5413     job->jv_proc_info = pi;
5414     job->jv_job_object = jo;
5415     job->jv_status = JOB_STARTED;
5416 
5417     CloseHandle(ifd[0]);
5418     CloseHandle(ofd[1]);
5419     if (!use_out_for_err && !use_null_for_err)
5420 	CloseHandle(efd[1]);
5421 
5422     job->jv_channel = channel;
5423     if (channel != NULL)
5424     {
5425 	channel_set_pipes(channel,
5426 		      use_file_for_in || use_null_for_in
5427 					      ? INVALID_FD : (sock_T)ifd[1],
5428 		      use_file_for_out || use_null_for_out
5429 					     ? INVALID_FD : (sock_T)ofd[0],
5430 		      use_out_for_err || use_file_for_err || use_null_for_err
5431 					    ? INVALID_FD : (sock_T)efd[0]);
5432 	channel_set_job(channel, job, options);
5433     }
5434     return;
5435 
5436 failed:
5437     CloseHandle(ifd[0]);
5438     CloseHandle(ofd[0]);
5439     CloseHandle(efd[0]);
5440     CloseHandle(ifd[1]);
5441     CloseHandle(ofd[1]);
5442     CloseHandle(efd[1]);
5443     channel_unref(channel);
5444     ga_clear(&ga);
5445 }
5446 
5447     char *
5448 mch_job_status(job_T *job)
5449 {
5450     DWORD dwExitCode = 0;
5451 
5452     if (!GetExitCodeProcess(job->jv_proc_info.hProcess, &dwExitCode)
5453 	    || dwExitCode != STILL_ACTIVE)
5454     {
5455 	job->jv_exitval = (int)dwExitCode;
5456 	if (job->jv_status < JOB_ENDED)
5457 	{
5458 	    ch_log(job->jv_channel, "Job ended");
5459 	    job->jv_status = JOB_ENDED;
5460 	}
5461 	return "dead";
5462     }
5463     return "run";
5464 }
5465 
5466     job_T *
5467 mch_detect_ended_job(job_T *job_list)
5468 {
5469     HANDLE jobHandles[MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS];
5470     job_T *jobArray[MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS];
5471     job_T *job = job_list;
5472 
5473     while (job != NULL)
5474     {
5475 	DWORD n;
5476 	DWORD result;
5477 
5478 	for (n = 0; n < MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS
5479 				       && job != NULL; job = job->jv_next)
5480 	{
5481 	    if (job->jv_status == JOB_STARTED)
5482 	    {
5483 		jobHandles[n] = job->jv_proc_info.hProcess;
5484 		jobArray[n] = job;
5485 		++n;
5486 	    }
5487 	}
5488 	if (n == 0)
5489 	    continue;
5490 	result = WaitForMultipleObjects(n, jobHandles, FALSE, 0);
5491 	if (result >= WAIT_OBJECT_0 && result < WAIT_OBJECT_0 + n)
5492 	{
5493 	    job_T *wait_job = jobArray[result - WAIT_OBJECT_0];
5494 
5495 	    if (STRCMP(mch_job_status(wait_job), "dead") == 0)
5496 		return wait_job;
5497 	}
5498     }
5499     return NULL;
5500 }
5501 
5502     static BOOL
5503 terminate_all(HANDLE process, int code)
5504 {
5505     PROCESSENTRY32  pe;
5506     HANDLE	    h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
5507     DWORD	    pid = GetProcessId(process);
5508 
5509     if (pid != 0)
5510     {
5511 	h = CreateToolhelp32Snapshot(TH32CS_SNAPPROCESS, 0);
5512 	if (h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
5513 	{
5514 	    pe.dwSize = sizeof(PROCESSENTRY32);
5515 	    if (!Process32First(h, &pe))
5516 		goto theend;
5517 
5518 	    do
5519 	    {
5520 		if (pe.th32ParentProcessID == pid)
5521 		{
5522 		    HANDLE ph = OpenProcess(
5523 				  PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, FALSE, pe.th32ProcessID);
5524 		    if (ph != NULL)
5525 		    {
5526 			terminate_all(ph, code);
5527 			CloseHandle(ph);
5528 		    }
5529 		}
5530 	    } while (Process32Next(h, &pe));
5531 
5532 	    CloseHandle(h);
5533 	}
5534     }
5535 
5536 theend:
5537     return TerminateProcess(process, code);
5538 }
5539 
5540 /*
5541  * Send a (deadly) signal to "job".
5542  * Return FAIL if it didn't work.
5543  */
5544     int
5545 mch_signal_job(job_T *job, char_u *how)
5546 {
5547     int ret;
5548 
5549     if (STRCMP(how, "term") == 0 || STRCMP(how, "kill") == 0 || *how == NUL)
5550     {
5551 	// deadly signal
5552 	if (job->jv_job_object != NULL)
5553 	{
5554 	    if (job->jv_channel != NULL && job->jv_channel->ch_anonymous_pipe)
5555 		job->jv_channel->ch_killing = TRUE;
5556 	    return TerminateJobObject(job->jv_job_object, -1) ? OK : FAIL;
5557 	}
5558 	return terminate_all(job->jv_proc_info.hProcess, -1) ? OK : FAIL;
5559     }
5560 
5561     if (!AttachConsole(job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId))
5562 	return FAIL;
5563     ret = GenerateConsoleCtrlEvent(
5564 		STRCMP(how, "int") == 0 ? CTRL_C_EVENT : CTRL_BREAK_EVENT,
5565 		job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId)
5566 	    ? OK : FAIL;
5567     FreeConsole();
5568     return ret;
5569 }
5570 
5571 /*
5572  * Clear the data related to "job".
5573  */
5574     void
5575 mch_clear_job(job_T *job)
5576 {
5577     if (job->jv_status != JOB_FAILED)
5578     {
5579 	if (job->jv_job_object != NULL)
5580 	    CloseHandle(job->jv_job_object);
5581 	CloseHandle(job->jv_proc_info.hProcess);
5582     }
5583 }
5584 #endif
5585 
5586 
5587 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
5588 
5589 /*
5590  * Start termcap mode
5591  */
5592     static void
5593 termcap_mode_start(void)
5594 {
5595     DWORD cmodein;
5596 
5597     if (g_fTermcapMode)
5598 	return;
5599 
5600     if (!p_rs && USE_VTP)
5601 	vtp_printf("\033[?1049h");
5602 
5603     SaveConsoleBuffer(&g_cbNonTermcap);
5604 
5605     if (g_cbTermcap.IsValid)
5606     {
5607 	/*
5608 	 * We've been in termcap mode before.  Restore certain screen
5609 	 * characteristics, including the buffer size and the window
5610 	 * size.  Since we will be redrawing the screen, we don't need
5611 	 * to restore the actual contents of the buffer.
5612 	 */
5613 	RestoreConsoleBuffer(&g_cbTermcap, FALSE);
5614 	reset_console_color_rgb();
5615 	SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &g_cbTermcap.Info.srWindow);
5616 	Rows = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.Y;
5617 	Columns = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.X;
5618     }
5619     else
5620     {
5621 	/*
5622 	 * This is our first time entering termcap mode.  Clear the console
5623 	 * screen buffer, and resize the buffer to match the current window
5624 	 * size.  We will use this as the size of our editing environment.
5625 	 */
5626 	ClearConsoleBuffer(g_attrCurrent);
5627 	set_console_color_rgb();
5628 	ResizeConBufAndWindow(g_hConOut, Columns, Rows);
5629     }
5630 
5631 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
5632     resettitle();
5633 # endif
5634 
5635     GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein);
5636     if (g_fMouseActive)
5637     {
5638 	cmodein |= ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT;
5639 	cmodein &= ~ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE;
5640     }
5641     else
5642     {
5643 	cmodein &= ~ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT;
5644 	cmodein |= g_cmodein & ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE;
5645     }
5646     cmodein |= ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT;
5647     SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein | ENABLE_EXTENDED_FLAGS);
5648 
5649     redraw_later_clear();
5650     g_fTermcapMode = TRUE;
5651 }
5652 
5653 
5654 /*
5655  * End termcap mode
5656  */
5657     static void
5658 termcap_mode_end(void)
5659 {
5660     DWORD cmodein;
5661     ConsoleBuffer *cb;
5662     COORD coord;
5663     DWORD dwDummy;
5664 
5665     if (!g_fTermcapMode)
5666 	return;
5667 
5668     SaveConsoleBuffer(&g_cbTermcap);
5669 
5670     GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein);
5671     cmodein &= ~(ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT | ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT);
5672     cmodein |= g_cmodein & ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE;
5673     SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein | ENABLE_EXTENDED_FLAGS);
5674 
5675 # ifdef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN
5676     cb = exiting ? &g_cbOrig : &g_cbNonTermcap;
5677 # else
5678     cb = &g_cbNonTermcap;
5679 # endif
5680     RestoreConsoleBuffer(cb, p_rs);
5681     restore_console_color_rgb();
5682     SetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &g_cci);
5683 
5684     if (p_rs || exiting)
5685     {
5686 	/*
5687 	 * Clear anything that happens to be on the current line.
5688 	 */
5689 	coord.X = 0;
5690 	coord.Y = (SHORT) (p_rs ? cb->Info.dwCursorPosition.Y : (Rows - 1));
5691 	FillConsoleOutputCharacter(g_hConOut, ' ',
5692 		cb->Info.dwSize.X, coord, &dwDummy);
5693 	/*
5694 	 * The following is just for aesthetics.  If we are exiting without
5695 	 * restoring the screen, then we want to have a prompt string
5696 	 * appear at the bottom line.  However, the command interpreter
5697 	 * seems to always advance the cursor one line before displaying
5698 	 * the prompt string, which causes the screen to scroll.  To
5699 	 * counter this, move the cursor up one line before exiting.
5700 	 */
5701 	if (exiting && !p_rs)
5702 	    coord.Y--;
5703 	/*
5704 	 * Position the cursor at the leftmost column of the desired row.
5705 	 */
5706 	SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, coord);
5707     }
5708 
5709     if (!p_rs && USE_VTP)
5710 	vtp_printf("\033[?1049l");
5711 
5712     g_fTermcapMode = FALSE;
5713 }
5714 #endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
5715 
5716 
5717 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) && !defined(VIMDLL)
5718     void
5719 mch_write(
5720     char_u  *s UNUSED,
5721     int	    len UNUSED)
5722 {
5723     // never used
5724 }
5725 
5726 #else
5727 
5728 /*
5729  * clear `n' chars, starting from `coord'
5730  */
5731     static void
5732 clear_chars(
5733     COORD coord,
5734     DWORD n)
5735 {
5736     if (!USE_VTP)
5737     {
5738 	DWORD dwDummy;
5739 
5740 	FillConsoleOutputCharacter(g_hConOut, ' ', n, coord, &dwDummy);
5741 	FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent, n, coord,
5742 								     &dwDummy);
5743     }
5744     else
5745     {
5746 	set_console_color_rgb();
5747 	gotoxy(coord.X + 1, coord.Y + 1);
5748 	vtp_printf("\033[%dX", n);
5749     }
5750 }
5751 
5752 
5753 /*
5754  * Clear the screen
5755  */
5756     static void
5757 clear_screen(void)
5758 {
5759     g_coord.X = g_coord.Y = 0;
5760 
5761     if (!USE_VTP)
5762 	clear_chars(g_coord, Rows * Columns);
5763     else
5764     {
5765 	set_console_color_rgb();
5766 	gotoxy(1, 1);
5767 	vtp_printf("\033[2J");
5768     }
5769 }
5770 
5771 
5772 /*
5773  * Clear to end of display
5774  */
5775     static void
5776 clear_to_end_of_display(void)
5777 {
5778     COORD save = g_coord;
5779 
5780     if (!USE_VTP)
5781 	clear_chars(g_coord, (Rows - g_coord.Y - 1)
5782 					   * Columns + (Columns - g_coord.X));
5783     else
5784     {
5785 	set_console_color_rgb();
5786 	gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, g_coord.Y + 1);
5787 	vtp_printf("\033[0J");
5788 
5789 	gotoxy(save.X + 1, save.Y + 1);
5790 	g_coord = save;
5791     }
5792 }
5793 
5794 
5795 /*
5796  * Clear to end of line
5797  */
5798     static void
5799 clear_to_end_of_line(void)
5800 {
5801     COORD save = g_coord;
5802 
5803     if (!USE_VTP)
5804 	clear_chars(g_coord, Columns - g_coord.X);
5805     else
5806     {
5807 	set_console_color_rgb();
5808 	gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, g_coord.Y + 1);
5809 	vtp_printf("\033[0K");
5810 
5811 	gotoxy(save.X + 1, save.Y + 1);
5812 	g_coord = save;
5813     }
5814 }
5815 
5816 
5817 /*
5818  * Scroll the scroll region up by `cLines' lines
5819  */
5820     static void
5821 scroll(unsigned cLines)
5822 {
5823     COORD oldcoord = g_coord;
5824 
5825     gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_srScrollRegion.Top + 1);
5826     delete_lines(cLines);
5827 
5828     g_coord = oldcoord;
5829 }
5830 
5831 
5832 /*
5833  * Set the scroll region
5834  */
5835     static void
5836 set_scroll_region(
5837     unsigned left,
5838     unsigned top,
5839     unsigned right,
5840     unsigned bottom)
5841 {
5842     if (left >= right
5843 	    || top >= bottom
5844 	    || right > (unsigned) Columns - 1
5845 	    || bottom > (unsigned) Rows - 1)
5846 	return;
5847 
5848     g_srScrollRegion.Left =   left;
5849     g_srScrollRegion.Top =    top;
5850     g_srScrollRegion.Right =  right;
5851     g_srScrollRegion.Bottom = bottom;
5852 }
5853 
5854     static void
5855 set_scroll_region_tb(
5856     unsigned top,
5857     unsigned bottom)
5858 {
5859     if (top >= bottom || bottom > (unsigned)Rows - 1)
5860 	return;
5861 
5862     g_srScrollRegion.Top = top;
5863     g_srScrollRegion.Bottom = bottom;
5864 }
5865 
5866     static void
5867 set_scroll_region_lr(
5868     unsigned left,
5869     unsigned right)
5870 {
5871     if (left >= right || right > (unsigned)Columns - 1)
5872 	return;
5873 
5874     g_srScrollRegion.Left = left;
5875     g_srScrollRegion.Right = right;
5876 }
5877 
5878 
5879 /*
5880  * Insert `cLines' lines at the current cursor position
5881  */
5882     static void
5883 insert_lines(unsigned cLines)
5884 {
5885     SMALL_RECT	    source, clip;
5886     COORD	    dest;
5887     CHAR_INFO	    fill;
5888 
5889     gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_srScrollRegion.Top + 1);
5890 
5891     dest.X = g_srScrollRegion.Left;
5892     dest.Y = g_coord.Y + cLines;
5893 
5894     source.Left   = g_srScrollRegion.Left;
5895     source.Top	  = g_coord.Y;
5896     source.Right  = g_srScrollRegion.Right;
5897     source.Bottom = g_srScrollRegion.Bottom - cLines;
5898 
5899     clip.Left   = g_srScrollRegion.Left;
5900     clip.Top    = g_coord.Y;
5901     clip.Right  = g_srScrollRegion.Right;
5902     clip.Bottom = g_srScrollRegion.Bottom;
5903 
5904     fill.Char.AsciiChar = ' ';
5905     if (!USE_VTP)
5906 	fill.Attributes = g_attrCurrent;
5907     else
5908 	fill.Attributes = g_attrDefault;
5909 
5910     set_console_color_rgb();
5911 
5912     ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer(g_hConOut, &source, &clip, dest, &fill);
5913 
5914     // Here we have to deal with a win32 console flake: If the scroll
5915     // region looks like abc and we scroll c to a and fill with d we get
5916     // cbd... if we scroll block c one line at a time to a, we get cdd...
5917     // vim expects cdd consistently... So we have to deal with that
5918     // here... (this also occurs scrolling the same way in the other
5919     // direction).
5920 
5921     if (source.Bottom < dest.Y)
5922     {
5923 	COORD coord;
5924 	int   i;
5925 
5926 	coord.X = source.Left;
5927 	for (i = clip.Top; i < dest.Y; ++i)
5928 	{
5929 	    coord.Y = i;
5930 	    clear_chars(coord, source.Right - source.Left + 1);
5931 	}
5932     }
5933 
5934     if (USE_WT)
5935     {
5936 	COORD coord;
5937 	int i;
5938 
5939 	coord.X = source.Left;
5940 	for (i = source.Top; i < dest.Y; ++i)
5941 	{
5942 	    coord.Y = i;
5943 	    clear_chars(coord, source.Right - source.Left + 1);
5944 	}
5945     }
5946 }
5947 
5948 
5949 /*
5950  * Delete `cLines' lines at the current cursor position
5951  */
5952     static void
5953 delete_lines(unsigned cLines)
5954 {
5955     SMALL_RECT	    source, clip;
5956     COORD	    dest;
5957     CHAR_INFO	    fill;
5958     int		    nb;
5959 
5960     gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_srScrollRegion.Top + 1);
5961 
5962     dest.X = g_srScrollRegion.Left;
5963     dest.Y = g_coord.Y;
5964 
5965     source.Left   = g_srScrollRegion.Left;
5966     source.Top	  = g_coord.Y + cLines;
5967     source.Right  = g_srScrollRegion.Right;
5968     source.Bottom = g_srScrollRegion.Bottom;
5969 
5970     clip.Left   = g_srScrollRegion.Left;
5971     clip.Top    = g_coord.Y;
5972     clip.Right  = g_srScrollRegion.Right;
5973     clip.Bottom = g_srScrollRegion.Bottom;
5974 
5975     fill.Char.AsciiChar = ' ';
5976     if (!USE_VTP)
5977 	fill.Attributes = g_attrCurrent;
5978     else
5979 	fill.Attributes = g_attrDefault;
5980 
5981     set_console_color_rgb();
5982 
5983     ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer(g_hConOut, &source, &clip, dest, &fill);
5984 
5985     // Here we have to deal with a win32 console flake; See insert_lines()
5986     // above.
5987 
5988     nb = dest.Y + (source.Bottom - source.Top) + 1;
5989 
5990     if (nb < source.Top)
5991     {
5992 	COORD coord;
5993 	int   i;
5994 
5995 	coord.X = source.Left;
5996 	for (i = nb; i < clip.Bottom; ++i)
5997 	{
5998 	    coord.Y = i;
5999 	    clear_chars(coord, source.Right - source.Left + 1);
6000 	}
6001     }
6002 
6003     if (USE_WT)
6004     {
6005 	COORD coord;
6006 	int i;
6007 
6008 	coord.X = source.Left;
6009 	for (i = nb; i <= source.Bottom; ++i)
6010 	{
6011 	    coord.Y = i;
6012 	    clear_chars(coord, source.Right - source.Left + 1);
6013 	}
6014     }
6015 }
6016 
6017 
6018 /*
6019  * Set the cursor position to (x,y) (1-based).
6020  */
6021     static void
6022 gotoxy(
6023     unsigned x,
6024     unsigned y)
6025 {
6026     if (x < 1 || x > (unsigned)Columns || y < 1 || y > (unsigned)Rows)
6027 	return;
6028 
6029     if (!USE_VTP)
6030     {
6031 	// There are reports of double-width characters not displayed
6032 	// correctly.  This workaround should fix it, similar to how it's done
6033 	// for VTP.
6034 	g_coord.X = 0;
6035 	SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, g_coord);
6036 
6037 	// external cursor coords are 1-based; internal are 0-based
6038 	g_coord.X = x - 1;
6039 	g_coord.Y = y - 1;
6040 	SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, g_coord);
6041     }
6042     else
6043     {
6044 	// Move the cursor to the left edge of the screen to prevent screen
6045 	// destruction.  Insider build bug.  Always enabled because it's cheap
6046 	// and avoids mistakes with recognizing the build.
6047 	vtp_printf("\033[%d;%dH", g_coord.Y + 1, 1);
6048 
6049 	vtp_printf("\033[%d;%dH", y, x);
6050 
6051 	g_coord.X = x - 1;
6052 	g_coord.Y = y - 1;
6053     }
6054 }
6055 
6056 
6057 /*
6058  * Set the current text attribute = (foreground | background)
6059  * See ../runtime/doc/os_win32.txt for the numbers.
6060  */
6061     static void
6062 textattr(WORD wAttr)
6063 {
6064     g_attrCurrent = wAttr & 0xff;
6065 
6066     SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, wAttr);
6067 }
6068 
6069 
6070     static void
6071 textcolor(WORD wAttr)
6072 {
6073     g_attrCurrent = (g_attrCurrent & 0xf0) + (wAttr & 0x0f);
6074 
6075     if (!USE_VTP)
6076 	SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent);
6077     else
6078 	vtp_sgr_bulk(wAttr);
6079 }
6080 
6081 
6082     static void
6083 textbackground(WORD wAttr)
6084 {
6085     g_attrCurrent = (g_attrCurrent & 0x0f) + ((wAttr & 0x0f) << 4);
6086 
6087     if (!USE_VTP)
6088 	SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent);
6089     else
6090 	vtp_sgr_bulk(wAttr);
6091 }
6092 
6093 
6094 /*
6095  * restore the default text attribute (whatever we started with)
6096  */
6097     static void
6098 normvideo(void)
6099 {
6100     if (!USE_VTP)
6101 	textattr(g_attrDefault);
6102     else
6103 	vtp_sgr_bulk(0);
6104 }
6105 
6106 
6107 static WORD g_attrPreStandout = 0;
6108 
6109 /*
6110  * Make the text standout, by brightening it
6111  */
6112     static void
6113 standout(void)
6114 {
6115     g_attrPreStandout = g_attrCurrent;
6116 
6117     textattr((WORD) (g_attrCurrent|FOREGROUND_INTENSITY|BACKGROUND_INTENSITY));
6118 }
6119 
6120 
6121 /*
6122  * Turn off standout mode
6123  */
6124     static void
6125 standend(void)
6126 {
6127     if (g_attrPreStandout)
6128 	textattr(g_attrPreStandout);
6129 
6130     g_attrPreStandout = 0;
6131 }
6132 
6133 
6134 /*
6135  * Set normal fg/bg color, based on T_ME.  Called when t_me has been set.
6136  */
6137     void
6138 mch_set_normal_colors(void)
6139 {
6140     char_u	*p;
6141     int		n;
6142 
6143     cterm_normal_fg_color = (g_attrDefault & 0xf) + 1;
6144     cterm_normal_bg_color = ((g_attrDefault >> 4) & 0xf) + 1;
6145     if (
6146 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
6147 	!p_tgc &&
6148 # endif
6149 	T_ME[0] == ESC && T_ME[1] == '|')
6150     {
6151 	p = T_ME + 2;
6152 	n = getdigits(&p);
6153 	if (*p == 'm' && n > 0)
6154 	{
6155 	    cterm_normal_fg_color = (n & 0xf) + 1;
6156 	    cterm_normal_bg_color = ((n >> 4) & 0xf) + 1;
6157 	}
6158     }
6159 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
6160     cterm_normal_fg_gui_color = INVALCOLOR;
6161     cterm_normal_bg_gui_color = INVALCOLOR;
6162 # endif
6163 }
6164 
6165 
6166 /*
6167  * visual bell: flash the screen
6168  */
6169     static void
6170 visual_bell(void)
6171 {
6172     COORD   coordOrigin = {0, 0};
6173     WORD    attrFlash = ~g_attrCurrent & 0xff;
6174 
6175     DWORD   dwDummy;
6176     LPWORD  oldattrs = ALLOC_MULT(WORD, Rows * Columns);
6177 
6178     if (oldattrs == NULL)
6179 	return;
6180     ReadConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, oldattrs, Rows * Columns,
6181 			       coordOrigin, &dwDummy);
6182     FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, attrFlash, Rows * Columns,
6183 			       coordOrigin, &dwDummy);
6184 
6185     Sleep(15);	    // wait for 15 msec
6186     if (!USE_VTP)
6187 	WriteConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, oldattrs, Rows * Columns,
6188 				coordOrigin, &dwDummy);
6189     vim_free(oldattrs);
6190 }
6191 
6192 
6193 /*
6194  * Make the cursor visible or invisible
6195  */
6196     static void
6197 cursor_visible(BOOL fVisible)
6198 {
6199     s_cursor_visible = fVisible;
6200 
6201     if (USE_VTP)
6202 	vtp_printf("\033[?25%c", fVisible ? 'h' : 'l');
6203 
6204 # ifdef MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE
6205     mch_update_cursor();
6206 # endif
6207 }
6208 
6209 
6210 /*
6211  * Write "cbToWrite" bytes in `pchBuf' to the screen.
6212  * Returns the number of bytes actually written (at least one).
6213  */
6214     static DWORD
6215 write_chars(
6216     char_u *pchBuf,
6217     DWORD  cbToWrite)
6218 {
6219     COORD	    coord = g_coord;
6220     DWORD	    written;
6221     DWORD	    n, cchwritten;
6222     static DWORD    cells;
6223     static WCHAR    *unicodebuf = NULL;
6224     static int	    unibuflen = 0;
6225     static int	    length;
6226     int		    cp = enc_utf8 ? CP_UTF8 : enc_codepage;
6227     static WCHAR    *utf8spbuf = NULL;
6228     static int	    utf8splength;
6229     static DWORD    utf8spcells;
6230     static WCHAR    **utf8usingbuf = &unicodebuf;
6231 
6232     if (cbToWrite != 1 || *pchBuf != ' ' || !enc_utf8)
6233     {
6234 	utf8usingbuf = &unicodebuf;
6235 	do
6236 	{
6237 	    length = MultiByteToWideChar(cp, 0, (LPCSTR)pchBuf, cbToWrite,
6238 							unicodebuf, unibuflen);
6239 	    if (length && length <= unibuflen)
6240 		break;
6241 	    vim_free(unicodebuf);
6242 	    unicodebuf = length ? LALLOC_MULT(WCHAR, length) : NULL;
6243 	    unibuflen = unibuflen ? 0 : length;
6244 	} while(1);
6245 	cells = mb_string2cells(pchBuf, cbToWrite);
6246     }
6247     else // cbToWrite == 1 && *pchBuf == ' ' && enc_utf8
6248     {
6249 	if (utf8usingbuf != &utf8spbuf)
6250 	{
6251 	    if (utf8spbuf == NULL)
6252 	    {
6253 		cells = mb_string2cells((char_u *)" ", 1);
6254 		length = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, " ", 1, NULL, 0);
6255 		utf8spbuf = LALLOC_MULT(WCHAR, length);
6256 		if (utf8spbuf != NULL)
6257 		{
6258 		    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, " ", 1, utf8spbuf, length);
6259 		    utf8usingbuf = &utf8spbuf;
6260 		    utf8splength = length;
6261 		    utf8spcells = cells;
6262 		}
6263 	    }
6264 	    else
6265 	    {
6266 		utf8usingbuf = &utf8spbuf;
6267 		length = utf8splength;
6268 		cells = utf8spcells;
6269 	    }
6270 	}
6271     }
6272 
6273     if (!USE_VTP)
6274     {
6275 	FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent, cells,
6276 				    coord, &written);
6277 	// When writing fails or didn't write a single character, pretend one
6278 	// character was written, otherwise we get stuck.
6279 	if (WriteConsoleOutputCharacterW(g_hConOut, *utf8usingbuf, length,
6280 		    coord, &cchwritten) == 0
6281 		|| cchwritten == 0 || cchwritten == (DWORD)-1)
6282 	    cchwritten = 1;
6283     }
6284     else
6285     {
6286 	if (WriteConsoleW(g_hConOut, *utf8usingbuf, length, &cchwritten,
6287 		    NULL) == 0 || cchwritten == 0)
6288 	    cchwritten = 1;
6289     }
6290 
6291     if (cchwritten == length)
6292     {
6293 	written = cbToWrite;
6294 	g_coord.X += (SHORT)cells;
6295     }
6296     else
6297     {
6298 	char_u *p = pchBuf;
6299 	for (n = 0; n < cchwritten; n++)
6300 	    MB_CPTR_ADV(p);
6301 	written = p - pchBuf;
6302 	g_coord.X += (SHORT)mb_string2cells(pchBuf, written);
6303     }
6304 
6305     while (g_coord.X > g_srScrollRegion.Right)
6306     {
6307 	g_coord.X -= (SHORT) Columns;
6308 	if (g_coord.Y < g_srScrollRegion.Bottom)
6309 	    g_coord.Y++;
6310     }
6311 
6312     // Cursor under VTP is always in the correct position, no need to reset.
6313     if (!USE_VTP)
6314 	gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, g_coord.Y + 1);
6315 
6316     return written;
6317 }
6318 
6319     static char_u *
6320 get_seq(
6321     int *args,
6322     int *count,
6323     char_u *head)
6324 {
6325     int argc;
6326     char_u *p;
6327 
6328     if (head == NULL || *head != '\033')
6329 	return NULL;
6330 
6331     argc = 0;
6332     p = head;
6333     ++p;
6334     do
6335     {
6336 	++p;
6337 	args[argc] = getdigits(&p);
6338 	argc += (argc < 15) ? 1 : 0;
6339     } while (*p == ';');
6340     *count = argc;
6341 
6342     return p;
6343 }
6344 
6345     static char_u *
6346 get_sgr(
6347     int *args,
6348     int *count,
6349     char_u *head)
6350 {
6351     char_u *p = get_seq(args, count, head);
6352 
6353     return (p && *p == 'm') ? ++p : NULL;
6354 }
6355 
6356 /*
6357  * Pointer to next if SGR (^[[n;2;*;*;*m), NULL otherwise.
6358  */
6359     static char_u *
6360 sgrn2(
6361     char_u *head,
6362     int	   n)
6363 {
6364     int argc;
6365     int args[16];
6366     char_u *p = get_sgr(args, &argc, head);
6367 
6368     return p && argc == 5 && args[0] == n && args[1] == 2 ? p : NULL;
6369 }
6370 
6371 /*
6372  * Pointer to next if SGR(^[[nm)<space>ESC, NULL otherwise.
6373  */
6374     static char_u *
6375 sgrnc(
6376     char_u *head,
6377     int	   n)
6378 {
6379     int argc;
6380     int args[16];
6381     char_u *p = get_sgr(args, &argc, head);
6382 
6383     return p && argc == 1 && args[0] == n && (p = skipwhite(p)) && *p == '\033'
6384 								    ? p : NULL;
6385 }
6386 
6387     static char_u *
6388 skipblank(char_u *q)
6389 {
6390     char_u *p = q;
6391 
6392     while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == '\n' || *p == '\r')
6393 	++p;
6394     return p;
6395 }
6396 
6397 /*
6398  * Pointer to the next if any whitespace that may follow SGR is ESC, otherwise
6399  * NULL.
6400  */
6401     static char_u *
6402 sgrn2c(
6403     char_u *head,
6404     int	   n)
6405 {
6406     char_u *p = sgrn2(head, n);
6407 
6408     return p && *p != NUL && (p = skipblank(p)) && *p == '\033' ? p : NULL;
6409 }
6410 
6411 /*
6412  * If there is only a newline between the sequence immediately following it,
6413  * a pointer to the character following the newline is returned.
6414  * Otherwise NULL.
6415  */
6416     static char_u *
6417 sgrn2cn(
6418     char_u *head,
6419     int n)
6420 {
6421     char_u *p = sgrn2(head, n);
6422 
6423     return p && p[0] == 0x0a && p[1] == '\033' ? ++p : NULL;
6424 }
6425 
6426 /*
6427  * mch_write(): write the output buffer to the screen, translating ESC
6428  * sequences into calls to console output routines.
6429  */
6430     void
6431 mch_write(
6432     char_u  *s,
6433     int	    len)
6434 {
6435     char_u  *end = s + len;
6436 
6437 # ifdef VIMDLL
6438     if (gui.in_use)
6439 	return;
6440 # endif
6441 
6442     if (!term_console)
6443     {
6444 	write(1, s, (unsigned)len);
6445 	return;
6446     }
6447 
6448     // translate ESC | sequences into faked bios calls
6449     while (len--)
6450     {
6451 	int prefix = -1;
6452 	char_u ch;
6453 
6454 	// While processing a sequence, on rare occasions it seems that another
6455 	// sequence may be inserted asynchronously.
6456 	if (len < 0)
6457 	{
6458 	    redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
6459 	    return;
6460 	}
6461 
6462 	while (s + ++prefix < end)
6463 	{
6464 	    ch = s[prefix];
6465 	    if (ch <= 0x1e && !(ch != '\n' && ch != '\r' && ch != '\b'
6466 						&& ch != '\a' && ch != '\033'))
6467 		break;
6468 	}
6469 
6470 	if (p_wd)
6471 	{
6472 	    WaitForChar(p_wd, FALSE);
6473 	    if (prefix != 0)
6474 		prefix = 1;
6475 	}
6476 
6477 	if (prefix != 0)
6478 	{
6479 	    DWORD nWritten;
6480 
6481 	    nWritten = write_chars(s, prefix);
6482 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6483 	    if (fdDump)
6484 	    {
6485 		fputc('>', fdDump);
6486 		fwrite(s, sizeof(char_u), nWritten, fdDump);
6487 		fputs("<\n", fdDump);
6488 	    }
6489 # endif
6490 	    len -= (nWritten - 1);
6491 	    s += nWritten;
6492 	}
6493 	else if (s[0] == '\n')
6494 	{
6495 	    // \n, newline: go to the beginning of the next line or scroll
6496 	    if (g_coord.Y == g_srScrollRegion.Bottom)
6497 	    {
6498 		scroll(1);
6499 		gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_srScrollRegion.Bottom + 1);
6500 	    }
6501 	    else
6502 	    {
6503 		gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_coord.Y + 2);
6504 	    }
6505 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6506 	    if (fdDump)
6507 		fputs("\\n\n", fdDump);
6508 # endif
6509 	    s++;
6510 	}
6511 	else if (s[0] == '\r')
6512 	{
6513 	    // \r, carriage return: go to beginning of line
6514 	    gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left+1, g_coord.Y + 1);
6515 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6516 	    if (fdDump)
6517 		fputs("\\r\n", fdDump);
6518 # endif
6519 	    s++;
6520 	}
6521 	else if (s[0] == '\b')
6522 	{
6523 	    // \b, backspace: move cursor one position left
6524 	    if (g_coord.X > g_srScrollRegion.Left)
6525 		g_coord.X--;
6526 	    else if (g_coord.Y > g_srScrollRegion.Top)
6527 	    {
6528 		g_coord.X = g_srScrollRegion.Right;
6529 		g_coord.Y--;
6530 	    }
6531 	    gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, g_coord.Y + 1);
6532 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6533 	    if (fdDump)
6534 		fputs("\\b\n", fdDump);
6535 # endif
6536 	    s++;
6537 	}
6538 	else if (s[0] == '\a')
6539 	{
6540 	    // \a, bell
6541 	    MessageBeep(0xFFFFFFFF);
6542 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6543 	    if (fdDump)
6544 		fputs("\\a\n", fdDump);
6545 # endif
6546 	    s++;
6547 	}
6548 	else if (s[0] == ESC && len >= 3-1 && s[1] == '|')
6549 	{
6550 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6551 	    char_u  *old_s = s;
6552 # endif
6553 	    char_u  *p;
6554 	    int	    arg1 = 0, arg2 = 0, argc = 0, args[16];
6555 	    char_u  *sp;
6556 
6557 	    switch (s[2])
6558 	    {
6559 	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
6560 	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
6561 		if (*(p = get_seq(args, &argc, s)) != 'm')
6562 		    goto notsgr;
6563 
6564 		p = s;
6565 
6566 		// Handling frequent optional sequences.  Output to the screen
6567 		// takes too long, so do not output as much as possible.
6568 
6569 		// If resetFG,FG,BG,<cr>,BG,FG are connected, the preceding
6570 		// resetFG,FG,BG are omitted.
6571 		if (sgrn2(sgrn2(sgrn2cn(sgrn2(sgrnc(p, 39), 38), 48), 48), 38))
6572 		{
6573 		    p = sgrn2(sgrn2(sgrnc(p, 39), 38), 48);
6574 		    len = len + 1 - (int)(p - s);
6575 		    s = p;
6576 		    break;
6577 		}
6578 
6579 		// If FG,BG,BG,FG of SGR are connected, the first FG can be
6580 		// omitted.
6581 		if (sgrn2(sgrn2(sgrn2c((sp = sgrn2(p, 38)), 48), 48), 38))
6582 		    p = sp;
6583 
6584 		// If FG,BG,FG,BG of SGR are connected, the first FG can be
6585 		// omitted.
6586 		if (sgrn2(sgrn2(sgrn2c((sp = sgrn2(p, 38)), 48), 38), 48))
6587 		    p = sp;
6588 
6589 		// If BG,BG of SGR are connected, the first BG can be omitted.
6590 		if (sgrn2((sp = sgrn2(p, 48)), 48))
6591 		    p = sp;
6592 
6593 		// If restoreFG and FG are connected, the restoreFG can be
6594 	        // omitted.
6595 		if (sgrn2((sp = sgrnc(p, 39)), 38))
6596 		    p = sp;
6597 
6598 		p = get_seq(args, &argc, p);
6599 
6600 notsgr:
6601 		arg1 = args[0];
6602 		arg2 = args[1];
6603 		if (*p == 'm')
6604 		{
6605 		    if (argc == 1 && args[0] == 0)
6606 			normvideo();
6607 		    else if (argc == 1)
6608 		    {
6609 			if (USE_VTP)
6610 			    textcolor((WORD) arg1);
6611 			else
6612 			    textattr((WORD) arg1);
6613 		    }
6614 		    else if (USE_VTP)
6615 			vtp_sgr_bulks(argc, args);
6616 		}
6617 		else if (argc == 2 && *p == 'H')
6618 		{
6619 		    gotoxy(arg2, arg1);
6620 		}
6621 		else if (argc == 2 && *p == 'r')
6622 		{
6623 		    set_scroll_region(0, arg1 - 1, Columns - 1, arg2 - 1);
6624 		}
6625 		else if (argc == 2 && *p == 'R')
6626 		{
6627 		    set_scroll_region_tb(arg1, arg2);
6628 		}
6629 		else if (argc == 2 && *p == 'V')
6630 		{
6631 		    set_scroll_region_lr(arg1, arg2);
6632 		}
6633 		else if (argc == 1 && *p == 'A')
6634 		{
6635 		    gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1,
6636 			   max(g_srScrollRegion.Top, g_coord.Y - arg1) + 1);
6637 		}
6638 		else if (argc == 1 && *p == 'b')
6639 		{
6640 		    textbackground((WORD) arg1);
6641 		}
6642 		else if (argc == 1 && *p == 'C')
6643 		{
6644 		    gotoxy(min(g_srScrollRegion.Right, g_coord.X + arg1) + 1,
6645 			   g_coord.Y + 1);
6646 		}
6647 		else if (argc == 1 && *p == 'f')
6648 		{
6649 		    textcolor((WORD) arg1);
6650 		}
6651 		else if (argc == 1 && *p == 'H')
6652 		{
6653 		    gotoxy(1, arg1);
6654 		}
6655 		else if (argc == 1 && *p == 'L')
6656 		{
6657 		    insert_lines(arg1);
6658 		}
6659 		else if (argc == 1 && *p == 'M')
6660 		{
6661 		    delete_lines(arg1);
6662 		}
6663 
6664 		len -= (int)(p - s);
6665 		s = p + 1;
6666 		break;
6667 
6668 	    case 'A':
6669 		gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1,
6670 		       max(g_srScrollRegion.Top, g_coord.Y - 1) + 1);
6671 		goto got3;
6672 
6673 	    case 'B':
6674 		visual_bell();
6675 		goto got3;
6676 
6677 	    case 'C':
6678 		gotoxy(min(g_srScrollRegion.Right, g_coord.X + 1) + 1,
6679 		       g_coord.Y + 1);
6680 		goto got3;
6681 
6682 	    case 'E':
6683 		termcap_mode_end();
6684 		goto got3;
6685 
6686 	    case 'F':
6687 		standout();
6688 		goto got3;
6689 
6690 	    case 'f':
6691 		standend();
6692 		goto got3;
6693 
6694 	    case 'H':
6695 		gotoxy(1, 1);
6696 		goto got3;
6697 
6698 	    case 'j':
6699 		clear_to_end_of_display();
6700 		goto got3;
6701 
6702 	    case 'J':
6703 		clear_screen();
6704 		goto got3;
6705 
6706 	    case 'K':
6707 		clear_to_end_of_line();
6708 		goto got3;
6709 
6710 	    case 'L':
6711 		insert_lines(1);
6712 		goto got3;
6713 
6714 	    case 'M':
6715 		delete_lines(1);
6716 		goto got3;
6717 
6718 	    case 'S':
6719 		termcap_mode_start();
6720 		goto got3;
6721 
6722 	    case 'V':
6723 		cursor_visible(TRUE);
6724 		goto got3;
6725 
6726 	    case 'v':
6727 		cursor_visible(FALSE);
6728 		goto got3;
6729 
6730 	    got3:
6731 		s += 3;
6732 		len -= 2;
6733 	    }
6734 
6735 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6736 	    if (fdDump)
6737 	    {
6738 		fputs("ESC | ", fdDump);
6739 		fwrite(old_s + 2, sizeof(char_u), s - old_s - 2, fdDump);
6740 		fputc('\n', fdDump);
6741 	    }
6742 # endif
6743 	}
6744 	else
6745 	{
6746 	    // Write a single character
6747 	    DWORD nWritten;
6748 
6749 	    nWritten = write_chars(s, 1);
6750 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6751 	    if (fdDump)
6752 	    {
6753 		fputc('>', fdDump);
6754 		fwrite(s, sizeof(char_u), nWritten, fdDump);
6755 		fputs("<\n", fdDump);
6756 	    }
6757 # endif
6758 
6759 	    len -= (nWritten - 1);
6760 	    s += nWritten;
6761 	}
6762     }
6763 
6764 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP
6765     if (fdDump)
6766 	fflush(fdDump);
6767 # endif
6768 }
6769 
6770 #endif // FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
6771 
6772 
6773 /*
6774  * Delay for "msec" milliseconds.
6775  */
6776     void
6777 mch_delay(
6778     long    msec,
6779     int	    flags UNUSED)
6780 {
6781 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) && !defined(VIMDLL)
6782     Sleep((int)msec);	    // never wait for input
6783 #else // Console
6784 # ifdef VIMDLL
6785     if (gui.in_use)
6786     {
6787 	Sleep((int)msec);	    // never wait for input
6788 	return;
6789     }
6790 # endif
6791     if (flags & MCH_DELAY_IGNOREINPUT)
6792 # ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME
6793 	if (mzthreads_allowed() && p_mzq > 0 && msec > p_mzq)
6794 	{
6795 	    int towait = p_mzq;
6796 
6797 	    // if msec is large enough, wait by portions in p_mzq
6798 	    while (msec > 0)
6799 	    {
6800 		mzvim_check_threads();
6801 		if (msec < towait)
6802 		    towait = msec;
6803 		Sleep(towait);
6804 		msec -= towait;
6805 	    }
6806 	}
6807 	else
6808 # endif
6809 	    Sleep((int)msec);
6810     else
6811 	WaitForChar(msec, FALSE);
6812 #endif
6813 }
6814 
6815 
6816 /*
6817  * This version of remove is not scared by a readonly (backup) file.
6818  * This can also remove a symbolic link like Unix.
6819  * Return 0 for success, -1 for failure.
6820  */
6821     int
6822 mch_remove(char_u *name)
6823 {
6824     WCHAR	*wn;
6825     int		n;
6826 
6827     /*
6828      * On Windows, deleting a directory's symbolic link is done by
6829      * RemoveDirectory(): mch_rmdir.  It seems unnatural, but it is fact.
6830      */
6831     if (mch_isdir(name) && mch_is_symbolic_link(name))
6832 	return mch_rmdir(name);
6833 
6834     win32_setattrs(name, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL);
6835 
6836     wn = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL);
6837     if (wn == NULL)
6838 	return -1;
6839 
6840     n = DeleteFileW(wn) ? 0 : -1;
6841     vim_free(wn);
6842     return n;
6843 }
6844 
6845 
6846 /*
6847  * Check for an "interrupt signal": CTRL-break or CTRL-C.
6848  */
6849     void
6850 mch_breakcheck(int force UNUSED)
6851 {
6852 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
6853 # ifdef VIMDLL
6854     if (!gui.in_use)
6855 # endif
6856 	if (g_fCtrlCPressed || g_fCBrkPressed)
6857 	{
6858 	    ctrl_break_was_pressed = g_fCBrkPressed;
6859 	    g_fCtrlCPressed = g_fCBrkPressed = FALSE;
6860 	    got_int = TRUE;
6861 	}
6862 #endif
6863 }
6864 
6865 // physical RAM to leave for the OS
6866 #define WINNT_RESERVE_BYTES     (256*1024*1024)
6867 
6868 /*
6869  * How much main memory in KiB that can be used by VIM.
6870  */
6871     long_u
6872 mch_total_mem(int special UNUSED)
6873 {
6874     MEMORYSTATUSEX  ms;
6875 
6876     // Need to use GlobalMemoryStatusEx() when there is more memory than
6877     // what fits in 32 bits.
6878     ms.dwLength = sizeof(MEMORYSTATUSEX);
6879     GlobalMemoryStatusEx(&ms);
6880     if (ms.ullAvailVirtual < ms.ullTotalPhys)
6881     {
6882 	// Process address space fits in physical RAM, use all of it.
6883 	return (long_u)(ms.ullAvailVirtual / 1024);
6884     }
6885     if (ms.ullTotalPhys <= WINNT_RESERVE_BYTES)
6886     {
6887 	// Catch old NT box or perverse hardware setup.
6888 	return (long_u)((ms.ullTotalPhys / 2) / 1024);
6889     }
6890     // Use physical RAM less reserve for OS + data.
6891     return (long_u)((ms.ullTotalPhys - WINNT_RESERVE_BYTES) / 1024);
6892 }
6893 
6894 /*
6895  * mch_wrename() works around a bug in rename (aka MoveFile) in
6896  * Windows 95: rename("foo.bar", "foo.bar~") will generate a
6897  * file whose short file name is "FOO.BAR" (its long file name will
6898  * be correct: "foo.bar~").  Because a file can be accessed by
6899  * either its SFN or its LFN, "foo.bar" has effectively been
6900  * renamed to "foo.bar", which is not at all what was wanted.  This
6901  * seems to happen only when renaming files with three-character
6902  * extensions by appending a suffix that does not include ".".
6903  * Windows NT gets it right, however, with an SFN of "FOO~1.BAR".
6904  *
6905  * There is another problem, which isn't really a bug but isn't right either:
6906  * When renaming "abcdef~1.txt" to "abcdef~1.txt~", the short name can be
6907  * "abcdef~1.txt" again.  This has been reported on Windows NT 4.0 with
6908  * service pack 6.  Doesn't seem to happen on Windows 98.
6909  *
6910  * Like rename(), returns 0 upon success, non-zero upon failure.
6911  * Should probably set errno appropriately when errors occur.
6912  */
6913     int
6914 mch_wrename(WCHAR *wold, WCHAR *wnew)
6915 {
6916     WCHAR	*p;
6917     int		i;
6918     WCHAR	szTempFile[_MAX_PATH + 1];
6919     WCHAR	szNewPath[_MAX_PATH + 1];
6920     HANDLE	hf;
6921 
6922     // No need to play tricks unless the file name contains a "~" as the
6923     // seventh character.
6924     p = wold;
6925     for (i = 0; wold[i] != NUL; ++i)
6926 	if ((wold[i] == '/' || wold[i] == '\\' || wold[i] == ':')
6927 		&& wold[i + 1] != 0)
6928 	    p = wold + i + 1;
6929     if ((int)(wold + i - p) < 8 || p[6] != '~')
6930 	return (MoveFileW(wold, wnew) == 0);
6931 
6932     // Get base path of new file name.  Undocumented feature: If pszNewFile is
6933     // a directory, no error is returned and pszFilePart will be NULL.
6934     if (GetFullPathNameW(wnew, _MAX_PATH, szNewPath, &p) == 0 || p == NULL)
6935 	return -1;
6936     *p = NUL;
6937 
6938     // Get (and create) a unique temporary file name in directory of new file
6939     if (GetTempFileNameW(szNewPath, L"VIM", 0, szTempFile) == 0)
6940 	return -2;
6941 
6942     // blow the temp file away
6943     if (!DeleteFileW(szTempFile))
6944 	return -3;
6945 
6946     // rename old file to the temp file
6947     if (!MoveFileW(wold, szTempFile))
6948 	return -4;
6949 
6950     // now create an empty file called pszOldFile; this prevents the operating
6951     // system using pszOldFile as an alias (SFN) if we're renaming within the
6952     // same directory.  For example, we're editing a file called
6953     // filename.asc.txt by its SFN, filena~1.txt.  If we rename filena~1.txt
6954     // to filena~1.txt~ (i.e., we're making a backup while writing it), the
6955     // SFN for filena~1.txt~ will be filena~1.txt, by default, which will
6956     // cause all sorts of problems later in buf_write().  So, we create an
6957     // empty file called filena~1.txt and the system will have to find some
6958     // other SFN for filena~1.txt~, such as filena~2.txt
6959     if ((hf = CreateFileW(wold, GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_NEW,
6960 		    FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL)) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
6961 	return -5;
6962     if (!CloseHandle(hf))
6963 	return -6;
6964 
6965     // rename the temp file to the new file
6966     if (!MoveFileW(szTempFile, wnew))
6967     {
6968 	// Renaming failed.  Rename the file back to its old name, so that it
6969 	// looks like nothing happened.
6970 	(void)MoveFileW(szTempFile, wold);
6971 	return -7;
6972     }
6973 
6974     // Seems to be left around on Novell filesystems
6975     DeleteFileW(szTempFile);
6976 
6977     // finally, remove the empty old file
6978     if (!DeleteFileW(wold))
6979 	return -8;
6980 
6981     return 0;
6982 }
6983 
6984 
6985 /*
6986  * Converts the filenames to UTF-16, then call mch_wrename().
6987  * Like rename(), returns 0 upon success, non-zero upon failure.
6988  */
6989     int
6990 mch_rename(
6991     const char	*pszOldFile,
6992     const char	*pszNewFile)
6993 {
6994     WCHAR	*wold = NULL;
6995     WCHAR	*wnew = NULL;
6996     int		retval = -1;
6997 
6998     wold = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)pszOldFile, NULL);
6999     wnew = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)pszNewFile, NULL);
7000     if (wold != NULL && wnew != NULL)
7001 	retval = mch_wrename(wold, wnew);
7002     vim_free(wold);
7003     vim_free(wnew);
7004     return retval;
7005 }
7006 
7007 /*
7008  * Get the default shell for the current hardware platform
7009  */
7010     char *
7011 default_shell(void)
7012 {
7013     return "cmd.exe";
7014 }
7015 
7016 /*
7017  * mch_access() extends access() to do more detailed check on network drives.
7018  * Returns 0 if file "n" has access rights according to "p", -1 otherwise.
7019  */
7020     int
7021 mch_access(char *n, int p)
7022 {
7023     HANDLE	hFile;
7024     int		retval = -1;	    // default: fail
7025     WCHAR	*wn;
7026 
7027     wn = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)n, NULL);
7028     if (wn == NULL)
7029 	return -1;
7030 
7031     if (mch_isdir((char_u *)n))
7032     {
7033 	WCHAR TempNameW[_MAX_PATH + 16] = L"";
7034 
7035 	if (p & R_OK)
7036 	{
7037 	    // Read check is performed by seeing if we can do a find file on
7038 	    // the directory for any file.
7039 	    int			i;
7040 	    WIN32_FIND_DATAW    d;
7041 
7042 	    for (i = 0; i < _MAX_PATH && wn[i] != 0; ++i)
7043 		TempNameW[i] = wn[i];
7044 	    if (TempNameW[i - 1] != '\\' && TempNameW[i - 1] != '/')
7045 		TempNameW[i++] = '\\';
7046 	    TempNameW[i++] = '*';
7047 	    TempNameW[i++] = 0;
7048 
7049 	    hFile = FindFirstFileW(TempNameW, &d);
7050 	    if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
7051 		goto getout;
7052 	    else
7053 		(void)FindClose(hFile);
7054 	}
7055 
7056 	if (p & W_OK)
7057 	{
7058 	    // Trying to create a temporary file in the directory should catch
7059 	    // directories on read-only network shares.  However, in
7060 	    // directories whose ACL allows writes but denies deletes will end
7061 	    // up keeping the temporary file :-(.
7062 	    if (!GetTempFileNameW(wn, L"VIM", 0, TempNameW))
7063 		goto getout;
7064 	    else
7065 		DeleteFileW(TempNameW);
7066 	}
7067     }
7068     else
7069     {
7070 	// Don't consider a file read-only if another process has opened it.
7071 	DWORD share_mode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
7072 
7073 	// Trying to open the file for the required access does ACL, read-only
7074 	// network share, and file attribute checks.
7075 	DWORD access_mode = ((p & W_OK) ? GENERIC_WRITE : 0)
7076 					     | ((p & R_OK) ? GENERIC_READ : 0);
7077 
7078 	hFile = CreateFileW(wn, access_mode, share_mode,
7079 					     NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL);
7080 	if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
7081 	    goto getout;
7082 	CloseHandle(hFile);
7083     }
7084 
7085     retval = 0;	    // success
7086 getout:
7087     vim_free(wn);
7088     return retval;
7089 }
7090 
7091 /*
7092  * Version of open() that may use UTF-16 file name.
7093  */
7094     int
7095 mch_open(const char *name, int flags, int mode)
7096 {
7097     WCHAR	*wn;
7098     int		f;
7099 
7100     wn = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)name, NULL);
7101     if (wn == NULL)
7102 	return -1;
7103 
7104     f = _wopen(wn, flags, mode);
7105     vim_free(wn);
7106     return f;
7107 }
7108 
7109 /*
7110  * Version of fopen() that uses UTF-16 file name.
7111  */
7112     FILE *
7113 mch_fopen(const char *name, const char *mode)
7114 {
7115     WCHAR	*wn, *wm;
7116     FILE	*f = NULL;
7117 
7118 #if defined(DEBUG) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
7119     // Work around an annoying assertion in the Microsoft debug CRT
7120     // when mode's text/binary setting doesn't match _get_fmode().
7121     char newMode = mode[strlen(mode) - 1];
7122     int oldMode = 0;
7123 
7124     _get_fmode(&oldMode);
7125     if (newMode == 't')
7126 	_set_fmode(_O_TEXT);
7127     else if (newMode == 'b')
7128 	_set_fmode(_O_BINARY);
7129 #endif
7130     wn = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)name, NULL);
7131     wm = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)mode, NULL);
7132     if (wn != NULL && wm != NULL)
7133 	f = _wfopen(wn, wm);
7134     vim_free(wn);
7135     vim_free(wm);
7136 
7137 #if defined(DEBUG) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
7138     _set_fmode(oldMode);
7139 #endif
7140     return f;
7141 }
7142 
7143 /*
7144  * SUB STREAM (aka info stream) handling:
7145  *
7146  * NTFS can have sub streams for each file.  The normal contents of a file is
7147  * stored in the main stream, and extra contents (author information, title and
7148  * so on) can be stored in a sub stream.  After Windows 2000, the user can
7149  * access and store this information in sub streams via an explorer's property
7150  * menu item in the right click menu.  This information in sub streams was lost
7151  * when copying only the main stream.  Therefore we have to copy sub streams.
7152  *
7153  * Incomplete explanation:
7154  *	http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnw2k/html/ntfs5.asp
7155  * More useful info and an example:
7156  *	http://www.sysinternals.com/ntw2k/source/misc.shtml#streams
7157  */
7158 
7159 /*
7160  * Copy info stream data "substream".  Read from the file with BackupRead(sh)
7161  * and write to stream "substream" of file "to".
7162  * Errors are ignored.
7163  */
7164     static void
7165 copy_substream(HANDLE sh, void *context, WCHAR *to, WCHAR *substream, long len)
7166 {
7167     HANDLE  hTo;
7168     WCHAR   *to_name;
7169 
7170     to_name = malloc((wcslen(to) + wcslen(substream) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
7171     wcscpy(to_name, to);
7172     wcscat(to_name, substream);
7173 
7174     hTo = CreateFileW(to_name, GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS,
7175 						 FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
7176     if (hTo != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
7177     {
7178 	long	done;
7179 	DWORD	todo;
7180 	DWORD	readcnt, written;
7181 	char	buf[4096];
7182 
7183 	// Copy block of bytes at a time.  Abort when something goes wrong.
7184 	for (done = 0; done < len; done += written)
7185 	{
7186 	    // (size_t) cast for Borland C 5.5
7187 	    todo = (DWORD)((size_t)(len - done) > sizeof(buf) ? sizeof(buf)
7188 						       : (size_t)(len - done));
7189 	    if (!BackupRead(sh, (LPBYTE)buf, todo, &readcnt,
7190 						       FALSE, FALSE, context)
7191 		    || readcnt != todo
7192 		    || !WriteFile(hTo, buf, todo, &written, NULL)
7193 		    || written != todo)
7194 		break;
7195 	}
7196 	CloseHandle(hTo);
7197     }
7198 
7199     free(to_name);
7200 }
7201 
7202 /*
7203  * Copy info streams from file "from" to file "to".
7204  */
7205     static void
7206 copy_infostreams(char_u *from, char_u *to)
7207 {
7208     WCHAR		*fromw;
7209     WCHAR		*tow;
7210     HANDLE		sh;
7211     WIN32_STREAM_ID	sid;
7212     int			headersize;
7213     WCHAR		streamname[_MAX_PATH];
7214     DWORD		readcount;
7215     void		*context = NULL;
7216     DWORD		lo, hi;
7217     int			len;
7218 
7219     // Convert the file names to wide characters.
7220     fromw = enc_to_utf16(from, NULL);
7221     tow = enc_to_utf16(to, NULL);
7222     if (fromw != NULL && tow != NULL)
7223     {
7224 	// Open the file for reading.
7225 	sh = CreateFileW(fromw, GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ, NULL,
7226 			     OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS, NULL);
7227 	if (sh != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
7228 	{
7229 	    // Use BackupRead() to find the info streams.  Repeat until we
7230 	    // have done them all.
7231 	    for (;;)
7232 	    {
7233 		// Get the header to find the length of the stream name.  If
7234 		// the "readcount" is zero we have done all info streams.
7235 		ZeroMemory(&sid, sizeof(WIN32_STREAM_ID));
7236 		headersize = (int)((char *)&sid.cStreamName - (char *)&sid.dwStreamId);
7237 		if (!BackupRead(sh, (LPBYTE)&sid, headersize,
7238 					   &readcount, FALSE, FALSE, &context)
7239 			|| readcount == 0)
7240 		    break;
7241 
7242 		// We only deal with streams that have a name.  The normal
7243 		// file data appears to be without a name, even though docs
7244 		// suggest it is called "::$DATA".
7245 		if (sid.dwStreamNameSize > 0)
7246 		{
7247 		    // Read the stream name.
7248 		    if (!BackupRead(sh, (LPBYTE)streamname,
7249 							 sid.dwStreamNameSize,
7250 					  &readcount, FALSE, FALSE, &context))
7251 			break;
7252 
7253 		    // Copy an info stream with a name ":anything:$DATA".
7254 		    // Skip "::$DATA", it has no stream name (examples suggest
7255 		    // it might be used for the normal file contents).
7256 		    // Note that BackupRead() counts bytes, but the name is in
7257 		    // wide characters.
7258 		    len = readcount / sizeof(WCHAR);
7259 		    streamname[len] = 0;
7260 		    if (len > 7 && wcsicmp(streamname + len - 6,
7261 							      L":$DATA") == 0)
7262 		    {
7263 			streamname[len - 6] = 0;
7264 			copy_substream(sh, &context, tow, streamname,
7265 						    (long)sid.Size.u.LowPart);
7266 		    }
7267 		}
7268 
7269 		// Advance to the next stream.  We might try seeking too far,
7270 		// but BackupSeek() doesn't skip over stream borders, thus
7271 		// that's OK.
7272 		(void)BackupSeek(sh, sid.Size.u.LowPart, sid.Size.u.HighPart,
7273 							  &lo, &hi, &context);
7274 	    }
7275 
7276 	    // Clear the context.
7277 	    (void)BackupRead(sh, NULL, 0, &readcount, TRUE, FALSE, &context);
7278 
7279 	    CloseHandle(sh);
7280 	}
7281     }
7282     vim_free(fromw);
7283     vim_free(tow);
7284 }
7285 
7286 /*
7287  * ntdll.dll definitions
7288  */
7289 #define FileEaInformation   7
7290 #ifndef STATUS_SUCCESS
7291 # define STATUS_SUCCESS	    ((NTSTATUS) 0x00000000L)
7292 #endif
7293 
7294 typedef struct _FILE_FULL_EA_INFORMATION_ {
7295     ULONG  NextEntryOffset;
7296     UCHAR  Flags;
7297     UCHAR  EaNameLength;
7298     USHORT EaValueLength;
7299     CHAR   EaName[1];
7300 } FILE_FULL_EA_INFORMATION_, *PFILE_FULL_EA_INFORMATION_;
7301 
7302 typedef struct _FILE_EA_INFORMATION_ {
7303     ULONG EaSize;
7304 } FILE_EA_INFORMATION_, *PFILE_EA_INFORMATION_;
7305 
7306 typedef NTSTATUS (NTAPI *PfnNtOpenFile)(
7307 	PHANDLE FileHandle,
7308 	ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess,
7309 	POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes,
7310 	PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock,
7311 	ULONG ShareAccess,
7312 	ULONG OpenOptions);
7313 typedef NTSTATUS (NTAPI *PfnNtClose)(
7314 	HANDLE Handle);
7315 typedef NTSTATUS (NTAPI *PfnNtSetEaFile)(
7316 	HANDLE           FileHandle,
7317 	PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock,
7318 	PVOID            Buffer,
7319 	ULONG            Length);
7320 typedef NTSTATUS (NTAPI *PfnNtQueryEaFile)(
7321 	HANDLE FileHandle,
7322 	PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock,
7323 	PVOID Buffer,
7324 	ULONG Length,
7325 	BOOLEAN ReturnSingleEntry,
7326 	PVOID EaList,
7327 	ULONG EaListLength,
7328 	PULONG EaIndex,
7329 	BOOLEAN RestartScan);
7330 typedef NTSTATUS (NTAPI *PfnNtQueryInformationFile)(
7331 	HANDLE                 FileHandle,
7332 	PIO_STATUS_BLOCK       IoStatusBlock,
7333 	PVOID                  FileInformation,
7334 	ULONG                  Length,
7335 	FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS FileInformationClass);
7336 typedef VOID (NTAPI *PfnRtlInitUnicodeString)(
7337 	PUNICODE_STRING DestinationString,
7338 	PCWSTR SourceString);
7339 
7340 PfnNtOpenFile pNtOpenFile = NULL;
7341 PfnNtClose pNtClose = NULL;
7342 PfnNtSetEaFile pNtSetEaFile = NULL;
7343 PfnNtQueryEaFile pNtQueryEaFile = NULL;
7344 PfnNtQueryInformationFile pNtQueryInformationFile = NULL;
7345 PfnRtlInitUnicodeString pRtlInitUnicodeString = NULL;
7346 
7347 /*
7348  * Load ntdll.dll functions.
7349  */
7350     static BOOL
7351 load_ntdll(void)
7352 {
7353     static int	loaded = -1;
7354 
7355     if (loaded == -1)
7356     {
7357 	HMODULE hNtdll = GetModuleHandle("ntdll.dll");
7358 	if (hNtdll != NULL)
7359 	{
7360 	    pNtOpenFile = (PfnNtOpenFile) GetProcAddress(hNtdll, "NtOpenFile");
7361 	    pNtClose = (PfnNtClose) GetProcAddress(hNtdll, "NtClose");
7362 	    pNtSetEaFile = (PfnNtSetEaFile)
7363 		GetProcAddress(hNtdll, "NtSetEaFile");
7364 	    pNtQueryEaFile = (PfnNtQueryEaFile)
7365 		GetProcAddress(hNtdll, "NtQueryEaFile");
7366 	    pNtQueryInformationFile = (PfnNtQueryInformationFile)
7367 		GetProcAddress(hNtdll, "NtQueryInformationFile");
7368 	    pRtlInitUnicodeString = (PfnRtlInitUnicodeString)
7369 		GetProcAddress(hNtdll, "RtlInitUnicodeString");
7370 	}
7371 	if (pNtOpenFile == NULL
7372 		|| pNtClose == NULL
7373 		|| pNtSetEaFile == NULL
7374 		|| pNtQueryEaFile == NULL
7375 		|| pNtQueryInformationFile == NULL
7376 		|| pRtlInitUnicodeString == NULL)
7377 	    loaded = FALSE;
7378 	else
7379 	    loaded = TRUE;
7380     }
7381     return (BOOL) loaded;
7382 }
7383 
7384 /*
7385  * Copy extended attributes (EA) from file "from" to file "to".
7386  */
7387     static void
7388 copy_extattr(char_u *from, char_u *to)
7389 {
7390     char_u		    *fromf = NULL;
7391     char_u		    *tof = NULL;
7392     WCHAR		    *fromw = NULL;
7393     WCHAR		    *tow = NULL;
7394     UNICODE_STRING	    u;
7395     HANDLE		    h;
7396     OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES	    oa;
7397     IO_STATUS_BLOCK	    iosb;
7398     FILE_EA_INFORMATION_    eainfo = {0};
7399     void		    *ea = NULL;
7400 
7401     if (!load_ntdll())
7402 	return;
7403 
7404     // Convert the file names to the fully qualified object names.
7405     fromf = alloc(STRLEN(from) + 5);
7406     tof = alloc(STRLEN(to) + 5);
7407     if (fromf == NULL || tof == NULL)
7408 	goto theend;
7409     STRCPY(fromf, "\\??\\");
7410     STRCAT(fromf, from);
7411     STRCPY(tof, "\\??\\");
7412     STRCAT(tof, to);
7413 
7414     // Convert the names to wide characters.
7415     fromw = enc_to_utf16(fromf, NULL);
7416     tow = enc_to_utf16(tof, NULL);
7417     if (fromw == NULL || tow == NULL)
7418 	goto theend;
7419 
7420     // Get the EA.
7421     pRtlInitUnicodeString(&u, fromw);
7422     InitializeObjectAttributes(&oa, &u, 0, NULL, NULL);
7423     if (pNtOpenFile(&h, FILE_READ_EA, &oa, &iosb, 0,
7424 		FILE_NON_DIRECTORY_FILE) != STATUS_SUCCESS)
7425 	goto theend;
7426     pNtQueryInformationFile(h, &iosb, &eainfo, sizeof(eainfo),
7427 	    FileEaInformation);
7428     if (eainfo.EaSize != 0)
7429     {
7430 	ea = alloc(eainfo.EaSize);
7431 	if (ea != NULL)
7432 	{
7433 	    if (pNtQueryEaFile(h, &iosb, ea, eainfo.EaSize, FALSE,
7434 			NULL, 0, NULL, TRUE) != STATUS_SUCCESS)
7435 	    {
7436 		vim_free(ea);
7437 		ea = NULL;
7438 	    }
7439 	}
7440     }
7441     pNtClose(h);
7442 
7443     // Set the EA.
7444     if (ea != NULL)
7445     {
7446 	pRtlInitUnicodeString(&u, tow);
7447 	InitializeObjectAttributes(&oa, &u, 0, NULL, NULL);
7448 	if (pNtOpenFile(&h, FILE_WRITE_EA, &oa, &iosb, 0,
7449 		    FILE_NON_DIRECTORY_FILE) != STATUS_SUCCESS)
7450 	    goto theend;
7451 
7452 	pNtSetEaFile(h, &iosb, ea, eainfo.EaSize);
7453 	pNtClose(h);
7454     }
7455 
7456 theend:
7457     vim_free(fromf);
7458     vim_free(tof);
7459     vim_free(fromw);
7460     vim_free(tow);
7461     vim_free(ea);
7462 }
7463 
7464 /*
7465  * Copy file attributes from file "from" to file "to".
7466  * For Windows NT and later we copy info streams.
7467  * Always returns zero, errors are ignored.
7468  */
7469     int
7470 mch_copy_file_attribute(char_u *from, char_u *to)
7471 {
7472     // File streams only work on Windows NT and later.
7473     copy_infostreams(from, to);
7474     copy_extattr(from, to);
7475     return 0;
7476 }
7477 
7478 #if defined(MYRESETSTKOFLW) || defined(PROTO)
7479 /*
7480  * Recreate a destroyed stack guard page in win32.
7481  * Written by Benjamin Peterson.
7482  */
7483 
7484 // These magic numbers are from the MS header files
7485 # define MIN_STACK_WINNT 2
7486 
7487 /*
7488  * This function does the same thing as _resetstkoflw(), which is only
7489  * available in DevStudio .net and later.
7490  * Returns 0 for failure, 1 for success.
7491  */
7492     int
7493 myresetstkoflw(void)
7494 {
7495     BYTE	*pStackPtr;
7496     BYTE	*pGuardPage;
7497     BYTE	*pStackBase;
7498     BYTE	*pLowestPossiblePage;
7499     MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION mbi;
7500     SYSTEM_INFO si;
7501     DWORD	nPageSize;
7502     DWORD	dummy;
7503 
7504     // We need to know the system page size.
7505     GetSystemInfo(&si);
7506     nPageSize = si.dwPageSize;
7507 
7508     // ...and the current stack pointer
7509     pStackPtr = (BYTE*)_alloca(1);
7510 
7511     // ...and the base of the stack.
7512     if (VirtualQuery(pStackPtr, &mbi, sizeof mbi) == 0)
7513 	return 0;
7514     pStackBase = (BYTE*)mbi.AllocationBase;
7515 
7516     // ...and the page that's min_stack_req pages away from stack base; this is
7517     // the lowest page we could use.
7518     pLowestPossiblePage = pStackBase + MIN_STACK_WINNT * nPageSize;
7519 
7520     {
7521 	// We want the first committed page in the stack Start at the stack
7522 	// base and move forward through memory until we find a committed block.
7523 	BYTE *pBlock = pStackBase;
7524 
7525 	for (;;)
7526 	{
7527 	    if (VirtualQuery(pBlock, &mbi, sizeof mbi) == 0)
7528 		return 0;
7529 
7530 	    pBlock += mbi.RegionSize;
7531 
7532 	    if (mbi.State & MEM_COMMIT)
7533 		break;
7534 	}
7535 
7536 	// mbi now describes the first committed block in the stack.
7537 	if (mbi.Protect & PAGE_GUARD)
7538 	    return 1;
7539 
7540 	// decide where the guard page should start
7541 	if ((long_u)(mbi.BaseAddress) < (long_u)pLowestPossiblePage)
7542 	    pGuardPage = pLowestPossiblePage;
7543 	else
7544 	    pGuardPage = (BYTE*)mbi.BaseAddress;
7545 
7546 	// allocate the guard page
7547 	if (!VirtualAlloc(pGuardPage, nPageSize, MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE))
7548 	    return 0;
7549 
7550 	// apply the guard attribute to the page
7551 	if (!VirtualProtect(pGuardPage, nPageSize, PAGE_READWRITE | PAGE_GUARD,
7552 								      &dummy))
7553 	    return 0;
7554     }
7555 
7556     return 1;
7557 }
7558 #endif
7559 
7560 
7561 /*
7562  * The command line arguments in UTF-16
7563  */
7564 static int	nArgsW = 0;
7565 static LPWSTR	*ArglistW = NULL;
7566 static int	global_argc = 0;
7567 static char	**global_argv;
7568 
7569 static int	used_file_argc = 0;	// last argument in global_argv[] used
7570 					// for the argument list.
7571 static int	*used_file_indexes = NULL; // indexes in global_argv[] for
7572 					   // command line arguments added to
7573 					   // the argument list
7574 static int	used_file_count = 0;	// nr of entries in used_file_indexes
7575 static int	used_file_literal = FALSE;  // take file names literally
7576 static int	used_file_full_path = FALSE;  // file name was full path
7577 static int	used_file_diff_mode = FALSE;  // file name was with diff mode
7578 static int	used_alist_count = 0;
7579 
7580 
7581 /*
7582  * Get the command line arguments.  Unicode version.
7583  * Returns argc.  Zero when something fails.
7584  */
7585     int
7586 get_cmd_argsW(char ***argvp)
7587 {
7588     char	**argv = NULL;
7589     int		argc = 0;
7590     int		i;
7591 
7592     free_cmd_argsW();
7593     ArglistW = CommandLineToArgvW(GetCommandLineW(), &nArgsW);
7594     if (ArglistW != NULL)
7595     {
7596 	argv = malloc((nArgsW + 1) * sizeof(char *));
7597 	if (argv != NULL)
7598 	{
7599 	    argc = nArgsW;
7600 	    argv[argc] = NULL;
7601 	    for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
7602 	    {
7603 		int	len;
7604 
7605 		// Convert each Unicode argument to UTF-8.
7606 		WideCharToMultiByte_alloc(CP_UTF8, 0,
7607 				ArglistW[i], (int)wcslen(ArglistW[i]) + 1,
7608 				(LPSTR *)&argv[i], &len, 0, 0);
7609 		if (argv[i] == NULL)
7610 		{
7611 		    // Out of memory, clear everything.
7612 		    while (i > 0)
7613 			free(argv[--i]);
7614 		    free(argv);
7615 		    argv = NULL;
7616 		    argc = 0;
7617 		}
7618 	    }
7619 	}
7620     }
7621 
7622     global_argc = argc;
7623     global_argv = argv;
7624     if (argc > 0)
7625     {
7626 	if (used_file_indexes != NULL)
7627 	    free(used_file_indexes);
7628 	used_file_indexes = malloc(argc * sizeof(int));
7629     }
7630 
7631     if (argvp != NULL)
7632 	*argvp = argv;
7633     return argc;
7634 }
7635 
7636     void
7637 free_cmd_argsW(void)
7638 {
7639     if (ArglistW != NULL)
7640     {
7641 	GlobalFree(ArglistW);
7642 	ArglistW = NULL;
7643     }
7644 }
7645 
7646 /*
7647  * Remember "name" is an argument that was added to the argument list.
7648  * This avoids that we have to re-parse the argument list when fix_arg_enc()
7649  * is called.
7650  */
7651     void
7652 used_file_arg(char *name, int literal, int full_path, int diff_mode)
7653 {
7654     int		i;
7655 
7656     if (used_file_indexes == NULL)
7657 	return;
7658     for (i = used_file_argc + 1; i < global_argc; ++i)
7659 	if (STRCMP(global_argv[i], name) == 0)
7660 	{
7661 	    used_file_argc = i;
7662 	    used_file_indexes[used_file_count++] = i;
7663 	    break;
7664 	}
7665     used_file_literal = literal;
7666     used_file_full_path = full_path;
7667     used_file_diff_mode = diff_mode;
7668 }
7669 
7670 /*
7671  * Remember the length of the argument list as it was.  If it changes then we
7672  * leave it alone when 'encoding' is set.
7673  */
7674     void
7675 set_alist_count(void)
7676 {
7677     used_alist_count = GARGCOUNT;
7678 }
7679 
7680 /*
7681  * Fix the encoding of the command line arguments.  Invoked when 'encoding'
7682  * has been changed while starting up.  Use the UTF-16 command line arguments
7683  * and convert them to 'encoding'.
7684  */
7685     void
7686 fix_arg_enc(void)
7687 {
7688     int		i;
7689     int		idx;
7690     char_u	*str;
7691     int		*fnum_list;
7692 
7693     // Safety checks:
7694     // - if argument count differs between the wide and non-wide argument
7695     //   list, something must be wrong.
7696     // - the file name arguments must have been located.
7697     // - the length of the argument list wasn't changed by the user.
7698     if (global_argc != nArgsW
7699 	    || ArglistW == NULL
7700 	    || used_file_indexes == NULL
7701 	    || used_file_count == 0
7702 	    || used_alist_count != GARGCOUNT)
7703 	return;
7704 
7705     // Remember the buffer numbers for the arguments.
7706     fnum_list = ALLOC_MULT(int, GARGCOUNT);
7707     if (fnum_list == NULL)
7708 	return;		// out of memory
7709     for (i = 0; i < GARGCOUNT; ++i)
7710 	fnum_list[i] = GARGLIST[i].ae_fnum;
7711 
7712     // Clear the argument list.  Make room for the new arguments.
7713     alist_clear(&global_alist);
7714     if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, used_file_count) == FAIL)
7715 	return;		// out of memory
7716 
7717     for (i = 0; i < used_file_count; ++i)
7718     {
7719 	idx = used_file_indexes[i];
7720 	str = utf16_to_enc(ArglistW[idx], NULL);
7721 	if (str != NULL)
7722 	{
7723 	    int literal = used_file_literal;
7724 
7725 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
7726 	    // When using diff mode may need to concatenate file name to
7727 	    // directory name.  Just like it's done in main().
7728 	    if (used_file_diff_mode && mch_isdir(str) && GARGCOUNT > 0
7729 				      && !mch_isdir(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])))
7730 	    {
7731 		char_u	    *r;
7732 
7733 		r = concat_fnames(str, gettail(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])), TRUE);
7734 		if (r != NULL)
7735 		{
7736 		    vim_free(str);
7737 		    str = r;
7738 		}
7739 	    }
7740 #endif
7741 	    // Re-use the old buffer by renaming it.  When not using literal
7742 	    // names it's done by alist_expand() below.
7743 	    if (used_file_literal)
7744 		buf_set_name(fnum_list[i], str);
7745 
7746 	    // Check backtick literal. backtick literal is already expanded in
7747 	    // main.c, so this part add str as literal.
7748 	    if (literal == FALSE)
7749 	    {
7750 		size_t len = STRLEN(str);
7751 
7752 		if (len > 2 && *str == '`' && *(str + len - 1) == '`')
7753 		    literal = TRUE;
7754 	    }
7755 	    alist_add(&global_alist, str, literal ? 2 : 0);
7756 	}
7757     }
7758 
7759     if (!used_file_literal)
7760     {
7761 	// Now expand wildcards in the arguments.
7762 	// Temporarily add '(' and ')' to 'isfname'.  These are valid
7763 	// filename characters but are excluded from 'isfname' to make
7764 	// "gf" work on a file name in parenthesis (e.g.: see vim.h).
7765 	// Also, unset wildignore to not be influenced by this option.
7766 	// The arguments specified in command-line should be kept even if
7767 	// encoding options were changed.
7768 	do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":let SaVe_ISF = &isf|set isf+=(,)");
7769 	do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":let SaVe_WIG = &wig|set wig=");
7770 	alist_expand(fnum_list, used_alist_count);
7771 	do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":let &isf = SaVe_ISF|unlet SaVe_ISF");
7772 	do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":let &wig = SaVe_WIG|unlet SaVe_WIG");
7773     }
7774 
7775     // If wildcard expansion failed, we are editing the first file of the
7776     // arglist and there is no file name: Edit the first argument now.
7777     if (curwin->w_arg_idx == 0 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL)
7778     {
7779 	do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":rewind");
7780 	if (GARGCOUNT == 1 && used_file_full_path)
7781 	    (void)vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]), "drop");
7782     }
7783 
7784     set_alist_count();
7785 }
7786 
7787     int
7788 mch_setenv(char *var, char *value, int x UNUSED)
7789 {
7790     char_u	*envbuf;
7791     WCHAR	*p;
7792 
7793     envbuf = alloc(STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(value) + 2);
7794     if (envbuf == NULL)
7795 	return -1;
7796 
7797     sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", var, value);
7798 
7799     p = enc_to_utf16(envbuf, NULL);
7800 
7801     vim_free(envbuf);
7802     if (p == NULL)
7803 	return -1;
7804     _wputenv(p);
7805 #ifdef libintl_wputenv
7806     libintl_wputenv(p);
7807 #endif
7808     // Unlike Un*x systems, we can free the string for _wputenv().
7809     vim_free(p);
7810 
7811     return 0;
7812 }
7813 
7814 /*
7815  * Support for 256 colors and 24-bit colors was added in Windows 10
7816  * version 1703 (Creators update).
7817  */
7818 #define VTP_FIRST_SUPPORT_BUILD MAKE_VER(10, 0, 15063)
7819 
7820 /*
7821  * Support for pseudo-console (ConPTY) was added in windows 10
7822  * version 1809 (October 2018 update).
7823  */
7824 #define CONPTY_FIRST_SUPPORT_BUILD  MAKE_VER(10, 0, 17763)
7825 
7826 /*
7827  * ConPTY differences between versions, need different logic.
7828  * version 1903 (May 2019 update).
7829  */
7830 #define CONPTY_1903_BUILD	    MAKE_VER(10, 0, 18362)
7831 
7832 /*
7833  * version 1909 (November 2019 update).
7834  */
7835 #define CONPTY_1909_BUILD	    MAKE_VER(10, 0, 18363)
7836 
7837 /*
7838  * Stay ahead of the next update, and when it's done, fix this.
7839  * version ? (2020 update, temporarily use the build number of insider preview)
7840  */
7841 #define CONPTY_NEXT_UPDATE_BUILD    MAKE_VER(10, 0, 19587)
7842 
7843 /*
7844  * Confirm until this version.  Also the logic changes.
7845  * insider preview.
7846  */
7847 #define CONPTY_INSIDER_BUILD	    MAKE_VER(10, 0, 18995)
7848 
7849 /*
7850  * Not stable now.
7851  */
7852 #define CONPTY_STABLE_BUILD	    MAKE_VER(10, 0, 32767)  // T.B.D.
7853 
7854     static void
7855 vtp_flag_init(void)
7856 {
7857     DWORD   ver = get_build_number();
7858 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
7859     DWORD   mode;
7860     HANDLE  out;
7861 
7862 # ifdef VIMDLL
7863     if (!gui.in_use)
7864 # endif
7865     {
7866 	out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
7867 
7868 	vtp_working = (ver >= VTP_FIRST_SUPPORT_BUILD) ? 1 : 0;
7869 	GetConsoleMode(out, &mode);
7870 	mode |= (ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT | ENABLE_VIRTUAL_TERMINAL_PROCESSING);
7871 	if (SetConsoleMode(out, mode) == 0)
7872 	    vtp_working = 0;
7873     }
7874 #endif
7875 
7876     if (ver >= CONPTY_FIRST_SUPPORT_BUILD)
7877 	conpty_working = 1;
7878     if (ver >= CONPTY_STABLE_BUILD)
7879 	conpty_stable = 1;
7880 
7881     if (ver <= CONPTY_INSIDER_BUILD)
7882 	conpty_type = 3;
7883     if (ver <= CONPTY_1909_BUILD)
7884 	conpty_type = 2;
7885     if (ver <= CONPTY_1903_BUILD)
7886 	conpty_type = 2;
7887     if (ver < CONPTY_FIRST_SUPPORT_BUILD)
7888 	conpty_type = 1;
7889 
7890     if (ver >= CONPTY_NEXT_UPDATE_BUILD)
7891 	conpty_fix_type = 1;
7892 }
7893 
7894 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL) || defined(PROTO)
7895 
7896     static void
7897 vtp_init(void)
7898 {
7899     HMODULE hKerneldll;
7900     DYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX csbi;
7901 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
7902     COLORREF fg, bg;
7903 # endif
7904 
7905     // Use functions supported from Vista
7906     hKerneldll = GetModuleHandle("kernel32.dll");
7907     if (hKerneldll != NULL)
7908     {
7909 	pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx =
7910 		(PfnGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)GetProcAddress(
7911 		hKerneldll, "GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx");
7912 	pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx =
7913 		(PfnSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)GetProcAddress(
7914 		hKerneldll, "SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx");
7915 	if (pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx != NULL
7916 		&& pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx != NULL)
7917 	    has_csbiex = TRUE;
7918     }
7919 
7920     csbi.cbSize = sizeof(csbi);
7921     if (has_csbiex)
7922 	pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(g_hConOut, &csbi);
7923     save_console_bg_rgb = (guicolor_T)csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_bg];
7924     save_console_fg_rgb = (guicolor_T)csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_fg];
7925     store_console_bg_rgb = save_console_bg_rgb;
7926     store_console_fg_rgb = save_console_fg_rgb;
7927 
7928 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
7929     bg = (COLORREF)csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_bg];
7930     fg = (COLORREF)csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_fg];
7931     bg = (GetRValue(bg) << 16) | (GetGValue(bg) << 8) | GetBValue(bg);
7932     fg = (GetRValue(fg) << 16) | (GetGValue(fg) << 8) | GetBValue(fg);
7933     default_console_color_bg = bg;
7934     default_console_color_fg = fg;
7935 # endif
7936 
7937     set_console_color_rgb();
7938 }
7939 
7940     static void
7941 vtp_exit(void)
7942 {
7943     restore_console_color_rgb();
7944 }
7945 
7946     int
7947 vtp_printf(
7948     char *format,
7949     ...)
7950 {
7951     char_u  buf[100];
7952     va_list list;
7953     DWORD   result;
7954     int	    len;
7955 
7956     va_start(list, format);
7957     len = vim_vsnprintf((char *)buf, 100, (char *)format, list);
7958     va_end(list);
7959     WriteConsoleA(g_hConOut, buf, (DWORD)len, &result, NULL);
7960     return (int)result;
7961 }
7962 
7963     static void
7964 vtp_sgr_bulk(
7965     int arg)
7966 {
7967     int args[1];
7968 
7969     args[0] = arg;
7970     vtp_sgr_bulks(1, args);
7971 }
7972 
7973 #define FAST256(x) \
7974     if ((*p-- = "0123456789"[(n = x % 10)]) \
7975 	    && x >= 10 && (*p-- = "0123456789"[((m = x % 100) - n) / 10]) \
7976 	    && x >= 100 && (*p-- = "012"[((x & 0xff) - m) / 100]));
7977 
7978 #define FAST256CASE(x) \
7979     case x: \
7980 	FAST256(newargs[x - 1]);
7981 
7982     static void
7983 vtp_sgr_bulks(
7984     int argc,
7985     int *args)
7986 {
7987 #define MAXSGR 16
7988 #define SGRBUFSIZE 2 + 4 * MAXSGR + 1 // '\033[' + SGR + 'm'
7989     char_u  buf[SGRBUFSIZE];
7990     char_u  *p;
7991     int	    in, out;
7992     int	    newargs[16];
7993     static int sgrfgr = -1, sgrfgg, sgrfgb;
7994     static int sgrbgr = -1, sgrbgg, sgrbgb;
7995 
7996     if (argc == 0)
7997     {
7998 	sgrfgr = sgrbgr = -1;
7999 	vtp_printf("033[m");
8000 	return;
8001     }
8002 
8003     in = out = 0;
8004     while (in < argc)
8005     {
8006 	int s = args[in];
8007 	int copylen = 1;
8008 
8009 	if (s == 38)
8010 	{
8011 	    if (argc - in >= 5 && args[in + 1] == 2)
8012 	    {
8013 		if (sgrfgr == args[in + 2] && sgrfgg == args[in + 3]
8014 						     && sgrfgb == args[in + 4])
8015 		{
8016 		    in += 5;
8017 		    copylen = 0;
8018 		}
8019 		else
8020 		{
8021 		    sgrfgr = args[in + 2];
8022 		    sgrfgg = args[in + 3];
8023 		    sgrfgb = args[in + 4];
8024 		    copylen = 5;
8025 		}
8026 	    }
8027 	    else if (argc - in >= 3 && args[in + 1] == 5)
8028 	    {
8029 		sgrfgr = -1;
8030 		copylen = 3;
8031 	    }
8032 	}
8033 	else if (s == 48)
8034 	{
8035 	    if (argc - in >= 5 && args[in + 1] == 2)
8036 	    {
8037 		if (sgrbgr == args[in + 2] && sgrbgg == args[in + 3]
8038 						     && sgrbgb == args[in + 4])
8039 		{
8040 		    in += 5;
8041 		    copylen = 0;
8042 		}
8043 		else
8044 		{
8045 		    sgrbgr = args[in + 2];
8046 		    sgrbgg = args[in + 3];
8047 		    sgrbgb = args[in + 4];
8048 		    copylen = 5;
8049 		}
8050 	    }
8051 	    else if (argc - in >= 3 && args[in + 1] == 5)
8052 	    {
8053 		sgrbgr = -1;
8054 		copylen = 3;
8055 	    }
8056 	}
8057 	else if (30 <= s && s <= 39)
8058 	    sgrfgr = -1;
8059 	else if (90 <= s && s <= 97)
8060 	    sgrfgr = -1;
8061 	else if (40 <= s && s <= 49)
8062 	    sgrbgr = -1;
8063 	else if (100 <= s && s <= 107)
8064 	    sgrbgr = -1;
8065 	else if (s == 0)
8066 	    sgrfgr = sgrbgr = -1;
8067 
8068 	while (copylen--)
8069 	    newargs[out++] = args[in++];
8070     }
8071 
8072     p = &buf[sizeof(buf) - 1];
8073     *p-- = 'm';
8074 
8075     switch (out)
8076     {
8077 	int	n, m;
8078 	DWORD	r;
8079 
8080 	FAST256CASE(16);
8081 	*p-- = ';';
8082 	FAST256CASE(15);
8083 	*p-- = ';';
8084 	FAST256CASE(14);
8085 	*p-- = ';';
8086 	FAST256CASE(13);
8087 	*p-- = ';';
8088 	FAST256CASE(12);
8089 	*p-- = ';';
8090 	FAST256CASE(11);
8091 	*p-- = ';';
8092 	FAST256CASE(10);
8093 	*p-- = ';';
8094 	FAST256CASE(9);
8095 	*p-- = ';';
8096 	FAST256CASE(8);
8097 	*p-- = ';';
8098 	FAST256CASE(7);
8099 	*p-- = ';';
8100 	FAST256CASE(6);
8101 	*p-- = ';';
8102 	FAST256CASE(5);
8103 	*p-- = ';';
8104 	FAST256CASE(4);
8105 	*p-- = ';';
8106 	FAST256CASE(3);
8107 	*p-- = ';';
8108 	FAST256CASE(2);
8109 	*p-- = ';';
8110 	FAST256CASE(1);
8111 	*p-- = '[';
8112 	*p = '\033';
8113 	WriteConsoleA(g_hConOut, p, (DWORD)(&buf[SGRBUFSIZE] - p), &r, NULL);
8114     default:
8115 	break;
8116     }
8117 }
8118 
8119     static void
8120 wt_init(void)
8121 {
8122     wt_working = (mch_getenv("WT_SESSION") != NULL);
8123 }
8124 
8125     int
8126 use_wt(void)
8127 {
8128     return USE_WT;
8129 }
8130 
8131 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
8132     static int
8133 ctermtoxterm(
8134     int cterm)
8135 {
8136     char_u r, g, b, idx;
8137 
8138     cterm_color2rgb(cterm, &r, &g, &b, &idx);
8139     return (((int)r << 16) | ((int)g << 8) | (int)b);
8140 }
8141 # endif
8142 
8143     static void
8144 set_console_color_rgb(void)
8145 {
8146 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
8147     DYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX csbi;
8148     guicolor_T	fg, bg;
8149     int		ctermfg, ctermbg;
8150 
8151     if (!USE_VTP)
8152 	return;
8153 
8154     get_default_console_color(&ctermfg, &ctermbg, &fg, &bg);
8155 
8156     if (USE_WT)
8157     {
8158 	term_fg_rgb_color(fg);
8159 	term_bg_rgb_color(bg);
8160 	return;
8161     }
8162 
8163     fg = (GetRValue(fg) << 16) | (GetGValue(fg) << 8) | GetBValue(fg);
8164     bg = (GetRValue(bg) << 16) | (GetGValue(bg) << 8) | GetBValue(bg);
8165 
8166     csbi.cbSize = sizeof(csbi);
8167     if (has_csbiex)
8168 	pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(g_hConOut, &csbi);
8169 
8170     csbi.cbSize = sizeof(csbi);
8171     csbi.srWindow.Right += 1;
8172     csbi.srWindow.Bottom += 1;
8173     store_console_bg_rgb = csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_bg];
8174     store_console_fg_rgb = csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_fg];
8175     csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_bg] = (COLORREF)bg;
8176     csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_fg] = (COLORREF)fg;
8177     if (has_csbiex)
8178 	pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(g_hConOut, &csbi);
8179 # endif
8180 }
8181 
8182 # if defined(FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS) || defined(PROTO)
8183     void
8184 get_default_console_color(
8185     int *cterm_fg,
8186     int *cterm_bg,
8187     guicolor_T *gui_fg,
8188     guicolor_T *gui_bg)
8189 {
8190     int id;
8191     guicolor_T guifg = INVALCOLOR;
8192     guicolor_T guibg = INVALCOLOR;
8193     int ctermfg = 0;
8194     int ctermbg = 0;
8195 
8196     id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
8197     if (id > 0 && p_tgc)
8198 	syn_id2colors(id, &guifg, &guibg);
8199     if (guifg == INVALCOLOR)
8200     {
8201 	ctermfg = -1;
8202 	if (id > 0)
8203 	    syn_id2cterm_bg(id, &ctermfg, &ctermbg);
8204 	guifg = ctermfg != -1 ? ctermtoxterm(ctermfg)
8205 						    : default_console_color_fg;
8206 	cterm_normal_fg_gui_color = guifg;
8207 	ctermfg = ctermfg < 0 ? 0 : ctermfg;
8208     }
8209     if (guibg == INVALCOLOR)
8210     {
8211 	ctermbg = -1;
8212 	if (id > 0)
8213 	    syn_id2cterm_bg(id, &ctermfg, &ctermbg);
8214 	guibg = ctermbg != -1 ? ctermtoxterm(ctermbg)
8215 						    : default_console_color_bg;
8216 	cterm_normal_bg_gui_color = guibg;
8217 	ctermbg = ctermbg < 0 ? 0 : ctermbg;
8218     }
8219 
8220     *cterm_fg = ctermfg;
8221     *cterm_bg = ctermbg;
8222     *gui_fg = guifg;
8223     *gui_bg = guibg;
8224 }
8225 # endif
8226 
8227 /*
8228  * Set the console colors to the original colors or the last set colors.
8229  */
8230     static void
8231 reset_console_color_rgb(void)
8232 {
8233 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
8234     DYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX csbi;
8235 
8236     if (USE_WT)
8237 	return;
8238 
8239     csbi.cbSize = sizeof(csbi);
8240     if (has_csbiex)
8241 	pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(g_hConOut, &csbi);
8242 
8243     csbi.cbSize = sizeof(csbi);
8244     csbi.srWindow.Right += 1;
8245     csbi.srWindow.Bottom += 1;
8246     csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_bg] = (COLORREF)store_console_bg_rgb;
8247     csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_fg] = (COLORREF)store_console_fg_rgb;
8248     if (has_csbiex)
8249 	pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(g_hConOut, &csbi);
8250 # endif
8251 }
8252 
8253 /*
8254  * Set the console colors to the original colors.
8255  */
8256     static void
8257 restore_console_color_rgb(void)
8258 {
8259 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
8260     DYN_CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX csbi;
8261 
8262     csbi.cbSize = sizeof(csbi);
8263     if (has_csbiex)
8264 	pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(g_hConOut, &csbi);
8265 
8266     csbi.cbSize = sizeof(csbi);
8267     csbi.srWindow.Right += 1;
8268     csbi.srWindow.Bottom += 1;
8269     csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_bg] = (COLORREF)save_console_bg_rgb;
8270     csbi.ColorTable[g_color_index_fg] = (COLORREF)save_console_fg_rgb;
8271     if (has_csbiex)
8272 	pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(g_hConOut, &csbi);
8273 # endif
8274 }
8275 
8276     void
8277 control_console_color_rgb(void)
8278 {
8279     if (USE_VTP)
8280 	set_console_color_rgb();
8281     else
8282 	reset_console_color_rgb();
8283 }
8284 
8285     int
8286 use_vtp(void)
8287 {
8288     return USE_VTP;
8289 }
8290 
8291     int
8292 is_term_win32(void)
8293 {
8294     return T_NAME != NULL && STRCMP(T_NAME, "win32") == 0;
8295 }
8296 
8297     int
8298 has_vtp_working(void)
8299 {
8300     return vtp_working;
8301 }
8302 
8303 #endif
8304 
8305     int
8306 has_conpty_working(void)
8307 {
8308     return conpty_working;
8309 }
8310 
8311     int
8312 get_conpty_type(void)
8313 {
8314     return conpty_type;
8315 }
8316 
8317     int
8318 is_conpty_stable(void)
8319 {
8320     return conpty_stable;
8321 }
8322 
8323     int
8324 get_conpty_fix_type(void)
8325 {
8326     return conpty_fix_type;
8327 }
8328 
8329 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL) || defined(PROTO)
8330     void
8331 resize_console_buf(void)
8332 {
8333     CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
8334     COORD coord;
8335     SMALL_RECT newsize;
8336 
8337     if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi))
8338     {
8339 	coord.X = SRWIDTH(csbi.srWindow);
8340 	coord.Y = SRHEIGHT(csbi.srWindow);
8341 	SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(g_hConOut, coord);
8342 
8343 	newsize.Left = 0;
8344 	newsize.Top = 0;
8345 	newsize.Right = coord.X - 1;
8346 	newsize.Bottom = coord.Y - 1;
8347 	SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &newsize);
8348 
8349 	SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(g_hConOut, coord);
8350     }
8351 }
8352 #endif
8353